10-K
0001726445false2023FYP1Yhttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2023#RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTaxhttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2023#RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax0001726445ck0001726445:A2020EquityIncentivePlanMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:OtherOfficersOrDirectorsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:ResearchAndDevelopmentExpenseMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMembersrt:MinimumMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMemberck0001726445:MajorCustomer1Member2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:ProductMemberus-gaap:NonrelatedPartyMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:LaboratoryMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommonClassAMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberck0001726445:MajorCustomer2Memberus-gaap:AccountsReceivableMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:NationalInstitutesOfHealthMemberus-gaap:GrantMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:InvestmentsMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommonStockMember2021-12-310001726445us-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:CashEquivalentsMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CommercialPaperMember2023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:MarketConditionOptionsMemberus-gaap:MeasurementInputRiskFreeInterestRateMember2023-02-280001726445us-gaap:CorporateDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember2023-12-3100017264452021-12-310001726445us-gaap:ConstructionInProgressMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CostOfSalesMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:DavidHornMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:MeasurementInputExpectedDividendRateMemberck0001726445:MarketConditionOptionsMember2023-02-2800017264452022-01-012022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:GrantAndOtherMemberus-gaap:NonrelatedPartyMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:A2020EquityIncentivePlanMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommercialPaperMemberus-gaap:InvestmentsMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:NonrelatedPartyMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:MarketConditionOptionsMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:ConsumablesMemberus-gaap:RelatedPartyMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CorporateDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:EmployeeStockMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:InvestmentsMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommonStockMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommonStockMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2020-11-300001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CommercialPaperMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CorporateDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:InvestmentsMember2022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:GrantAndOtherMemberus-gaap:NonrelatedPartyMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:ProductMemberus-gaap:RelatedPartyMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:MeasurementInputExercisePriceMemberck0001726445:MarketConditionOptionsMember2023-02-280001726445ck0001726445:DavidHornMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:RelatedPartyMemberck0001726445:PrognomiqMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:USNonTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:InvestmentsMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommercialPaperMemberus-gaap:InvestmentsMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CashEquivalentsMemberus-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2023-12-310001726445srt:ExecutiveOfficerMemberus-gaap:RelatedPartyMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CashEquivalentsMember2022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:A2020EquityIncentivePlanMemberus-gaap:StockCompensationPlanMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:BuildingMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:RelatedPartyMember2022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:NationalInstitutesOfHealthMemberus-gaap:GrantMember2019-08-310001726445us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockMember2023-01-012023-12-3100017264452022-02-012022-02-280001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberck0001726445:USNonTreasurySecuritiesMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CommercialPaperMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:MarketConditionOptionsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberck0001726445:USNonTreasurySecuritiesMember2022-12-310001726445srt:MaximumMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-3100017264452022-06-210001726445us-gaap:CorporateDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:CashEquivalentsMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2021-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommonStockMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CostOfSalesMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockMember2023-12-3100017264452023-12-310001726445us-gaap:RelatedPartyMemberck0001726445:PrognomiqMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:Qualified401KMatchProgramMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445srt:ExecutiveOfficerMemberus-gaap:RelatedPartyMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:MarketConditionOptionsMember2023-02-280001726445us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:AsiaAndEuropeMemberus-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMemberus-gaap:GeographicConcentrationRiskMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommonClassBMember2022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:MarketConditionOptionsMemberus-gaap:MeasurementInputSharePriceMembersrt:MinimumMember2023-02-280001726445us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CommercialPaperMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CommercialPaperMember2022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:DeepNisharMember2023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:ComputerEquipmentAndSoftwareMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2021-12-310001726445ck0001726445:DeepNisharMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberck0001726445:USNonTreasurySecuritiesMember2023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:AsiaAndEuropeMemberus-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMemberus-gaap:GeographicConcentrationRiskMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CorporateDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMembersrt:MinimumMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CorporateDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:AccountsReceivableMemberck0001726445:MajorCustomer1Member2023-01-012023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:ComputerEquipmentAndSoftwareMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommonClassBMember2024-03-010001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CommercialPaperMember2023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:MarketConditionOptionsMember2023-02-012023-02-280001726445us-gaap:CorporateDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:ProductMemberus-gaap:RelatedPartyMemberck0001726445:PrognomiqMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:ResearchAndDevelopmentExpenseMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:BuildingMemberck0001726445:RedwoodCityCaMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:BuildingMemberck0001726445:SanDiegoCaMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2022-12-310001726445srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:ServiceMemberus-gaap:NonrelatedPartyMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CorporateDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberck0001726445:USNonTreasurySecuritiesMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberck0001726445:MajorCustomer1Memberus-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CommercialPaperMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:NonrelatedPartyMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberck0001726445:USNonTreasurySecuritiesMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445srt:MaximumMemberck0001726445:A2020EquityIncentivePlanMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:A2017EquityIncentivePlanMember2017-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommonStockMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:RelatedPartyMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:Qualified401KMatchProgramMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:ProductMemberus-gaap:RelatedPartyMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:InvestmentsMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberck0001726445:USNonTreasurySecuritiesMember2023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:NationalInstitutesOfHealthMemberus-gaap:GrantMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CorporateDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:InvestmentsMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CorporateDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:A2020EquityIncentivePlanMember2022-06-210001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CorporateDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:ServiceMemberus-gaap:NonrelatedPartyMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2023-01-012023-12-3100017264452023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2021-12-310001726445us-gaap:RelatedPartyMemberck0001726445:PrognomiqMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:ProductMemberus-gaap:NonrelatedPartyMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CashEquivalentsMember2023-12-3100017264452024-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:CommercialPaperMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CashEquivalentsMemberus-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:ConstructionInProgressMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberck0001726445:USNonTreasurySecuritiesMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:RelatedPartyMemberck0001726445:PrognomiqMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:RedwoodCityCaMemberck0001726445:FacilityLeaseAgreementLetterOfCreditMemberus-gaap:LetterOfCreditMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommonClassAMember2022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:MarketConditionOptionsMemberus-gaap:MeasurementInputOptionVolatilityMember2023-02-2800017264452022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CommonClassAMember2024-03-010001726445us-gaap:CommonClassBMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:AccountsReceivableMemberck0001726445:MajorCustomer3Member2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberck0001726445:MajorCustomer2Memberus-gaap:AccountsReceivableMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:AccountsReceivableMemberck0001726445:MajorCustomer1Member2022-01-012022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:MarketConditionOptionsMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2023-02-280001726445ck0001726445:USNonTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:InvestmentsMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberck0001726445:USNonTreasurySecuritiesMember2023-12-310001726445us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:InvestmentsMember2022-12-310001726445us-gaap:BuildingMember2022-12-310001726445srt:MinimumMember2023-12-3100017264452023-06-300001726445ck0001726445:MarketConditionOptionsMembersrt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:MeasurementInputSharePriceMember2023-02-280001726445us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:LaboratoryMember2023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:ConsumablesMemberus-gaap:RelatedPartyMember2022-01-012022-12-310001726445ck0001726445:A2020EquityIncentivePlanMember2020-12-310001726445us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445ck0001726445:A2020EquityIncentivePlanMember2023-01-012023-12-310001726445us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-31iso4217:USDxbrli:sharesxbrli:pureutr:sqftxbrli:sharesck0001726445:Voteck0001726445:Planparticipantiso4217:USD

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark one)

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

or

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _______________ to _______________

Commission file number 001-39747

 

SEER, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

82-1153150

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

3800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 102

Redwood City, California 94065

650-453-0000

(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Copies to:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of Exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.00001

 

SEER

 

Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes ☐ No

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market on June 30, 2023, was approximately $232.1 million.

As of March 1, 2024, the registrant had 60,728,211 shares of Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, and 4,044,969 of Class B common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. The proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part I.

Item 1.

Business

1

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

38

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

87

Item 1C.

Cybersecurity

87

Item 2.

Properties

88

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

88

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

88

Part II.

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

89

Item 6.

[Reserved]

89

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

90

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

99

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

99

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

129

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

129

Item 9B.

Other Information

130

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

130

Part III.

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

131

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

131

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

131

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

131

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

131

Part IV.

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

132

Item 16.

Form 10–K Summary

134

 

Signatures

135

 

 


 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this Annual Report, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, commercial activities and costs, research and development costs, timing and likelihood of success, as well as plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that are in some cases beyond our control and may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report include, but are not limited to, statements about:

estimates of our addressable market, market growth, key performance indicators, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;
our expectations regarding our financial performance, including among others, revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit, operating expenses, loss from operations and net losses;
our ability to successfully implement our commercialization strategy and attract customers, including our plans for international expansion;
the implementation of our business model, strategic plans and expected pricing for the Proteograph™ Product Suite;
our expectations regarding the rate and degree of market acceptance of the Proteograph Product Suite;
the impact of the Proteograph Product Suite on the field of proteomics and the size and growth of the addressable proteomics market;
competitive companies and technologies and our industry;
our ability to manage and grow our business;
our ability to develop and commercialize new products;
our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property protection for our products or avoid or defend claims of infringement;
the performance of third-party manufacturers and suppliers;
the potential effects of government regulation;
our ability to hire and retain key personnel and to manage our future growth effectively;
the volatility of the trading price of our Class A common stock;
the benefits and risks of our investment in PrognomiQ, Inc.;

 


 

the impact of local, regional, and national and international economic conditions and events;
the impact of macroeconomic factors, such as pandemics, inflation, supply chain interruptions and foreign hostilities, on our business; and
our expectations about market trends.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about our business, the industry in which we operate and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and these forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or development. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this Annual Report, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

 


Table of Contents

PART I.

Item 1. Business

Overview

Our mission is to imagine and pioneer new ways to decode the biology of the proteome to improve human health. Our product, the ProteographTM Product Suite (Proteograph), leverages our proprietary engineered nanoparticle (NP) technology to provide unbiased, deep, rapid and large-scale access to the proteome. The Proteograph Product Suite is an integrated solution that includes consumables, an automation instrument and software.

The human proteome is incredibly complex, with multiple protein variants derived from each gene. This complexity arises from multiple biological steps required to create the functional proteome, including transcription, translation, post-translational modifications (PTMs) and protein interactions. While many protein variants may be benign, others can severely disrupt protein function and contribute to disease. The complexity of the proteome at a population level is huge. For example, a study by the UK Biobank published in late 2021 in Nature identified over 900,000 potential protein loss-of-function variants in a cohort of approximately 455,000 individuals, with each individual having an average of more than 200 such variants (Backman et al.). It is essential to catalog the complexity of the proteome and understand the functions of protein variants to decode the links between the proteome, the genome and disease. This deeper understanding can lead to novel insights into disease mechanisms, the discovery of new biomarkers and the identification of potential therapeutic targets.

We believe that broader access to the proteome is essential, not only to understanding its complexity and accelerating biological insights, but also to expanding end-markets. These markets may include basic research and discovery, translational research, diagnostics and applied applications. To comprehend the complexity and dynamic nature of the proteome, researchers must perform population-scale, deep, unbiased interrogation of biological samples over time. We believe that this level of interrogation was not previously feasible and that the Proteograph can enable researchers to perform these types of proteomics studies. Before the commercial launch of the Proteograph, we believe that the largest published deep unbiased plasma proteomics study, which measured at least 600 proteins, was conducted on just 48 samples. However, today, multiple customers have successfully completed, or are planning, deep unbiased plasma proteomics studies with thousands of proteins quantitatively measured across thousands of samples. This breadth and depth of unbiased plasma proteomics coverage was not previously achievable at scale.

Proteins play a critical role in most biological processes and provide dynamic indicators of physiological changes across health, disease progression, and therapeutic response. However, compared to the genome, the discovered and cataloged body of proteomic data remains limited. Current proteomics approaches have not facilitated deep exploration at scale in samples with high dynamic range, because they are either: (i) unbiased but not scalable; or (ii) scalable but biased. Current deep, unbiased approaches require complex, lengthy, labor- and capital-intensive workflows that limit their application to small, under-powered studies. Targeted or biased methods are scalable but are limited to a specific number of predetermined proteins. These methods cannot distinguish between variants of the same proteins often present in the same biological samples, because they lack the necessary peptide-level resolution and accuracy needed to characterize the proteome. These limitations force a trade-off between the number of samples and the depth of protein coverage in a study. We believe that a more complete understanding of biology requires deep, unbiased, large-scale proteomic analysis with the peptide-level resolution and accuracy needed to distinguish protein variants.

We are focused on driving adoption of the Proteograph by customers in the proteomics and genomics markets who recognize the value of large-scale, unbiased, and deep proteomics. Allied Market Research estimated the global proteomics market to be approximately $27 billion in 2022. The Proteograph’s unique capabilities now enable

1


Table of Contents

researchers to undertake first-of-their-kind, large-scale unbiased studies, which complement genomics studies by adding critical missing information that can provide functional context to genomic variation. With the advent of next-generation sequencing and improvement in cost and throughput, researchers have sequenced the equivalent of several million human genomes and human exomes. Across these studies, according to the dbSNP database, more than one billion individual genetic variants have been identified to date; however, less than 0.2% of those variants have been cataloged in the ClinVar database with a reported relationship between variation and phenotype. This gap in functional annotation is in part due to the gross impedance mismatch between access to the proteome and genome. We believe that the Proteograph Product Suite will bridge this gap.

Just as large-scale access to genomics has dramatically impacted that field, we believe large-scale access will do the same for proteomics, revealing new content, enabling mapping and cataloging of new protein variants, and driving new disease insights, diagnostics and treatments. Importantly, by impedance-matching researchers’ access to unbiased genomics content at the nucleotide level with proteomics content at the peptide and amino acid level, researchers can better connect genotype to phenotype. In this way, we believe customers will be able to develop more accurate biomarkers of disease for diagnostic and therapeutic applications, accelerating multi-omics driven precision medicine. We believe these capabilities will have broad appeal to researchers and entities undertaking large-scale genomics studies and should attract spending from the genomics market, which was estimated by Technavio to be approximately $28 billion in 2022. Additionally, we believe that the Proteograph will enable the discovery of novel content that will lead to the creation of value that will promote entirely new applications and market opportunities.

The Importance of Proteomics

Detailed and complex biological information resides within the proteome. Nearly all functions of an organism require the interaction of one or more proteins with each other and with other biological molecules. Proteins serve as dynamic indicators of health status, disease progression and therapeutic response. As depicted in Figure 1 below, the genome is a static indicator of an individual’s baseline physiology, while the proteome reveals the current physiological state. Despite its importance, the human proteome is relatively unexplored compared to the human genome.

To link genomic information with phenotypes, understanding the functional context of proteins is critical. However, this connection is currently limited because the vast majority of genetic variants lack functional context at the protein level. We believe that enabling researchers to generate large-scale, integrated proteomic and genomic data will equip them to comprehend the relationship between variation, function and biology.

Protein quantitative trait loci (pQTLs) are genomic variants that are associated with the levels or abundance of specific proteins. Because they influence protein expression or regulation, they are a genetic source of variation in the proteome. The term “protein quantitative trait loci” is used because protein abundance level is viewed as quantitative traits.

To identify pQTLs, genome-wide association studies (GWAS) compare genetic variants across large populations and their association with differences in protein levels. These studies can provide valuable insights into the genetic basis of complex diseases, the molecular mechanisms that regulate protein expression, and the identification of potential therapeutic targets for drug development. However, the study of pQTLs requires large-scale acquisition of proteomic data, which is a challenge for traditional unbiased approaches. We believe that the Proteograph will bridge this gap. Moreover, the Proteograph allows for pQTL analysis at the peptide level, thus enabling the association of genomic variants with specific protein variants.

2


Table of Contents

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_0.jpg 

Figure 1: Utility of genomic vs. proteomic information. Over one million human genomes have been highly characterized with over one billion variants, but they have low utility and represent a static indicator of risk. The human proteome is far less characterized, but has a much higher utility as a dynamic indicator of health status.

Complexity of the Proteome

The human proteome is dynamic, diverse and complex, with approximately 23,000 genes giving rise to over one million protein variants. As shown in Figure 2 below, these variants arise from various mechanisms, including alternative splicing of RNA transcripts, genetic variations that alter the amino acid sequence of the protein, and post-translational modifications such as phosphorylation and glycosylation. It is estimated that our approximately 23,000 genes give rise to approximately 70,000 protein isoforms through alternative splicing. At a population level, a much larger number of protein isoforms exist because of genetic variants and somatic variants that alter RNA processing. Protein variants can have vastly different biological functions and be expressed in different tissues within the same individual. For example, two isoforms of the protein encoded by CD99L2 have different interacting proteins and those two proteins’ networks are related to distinct diseases (Yang et al.). An example of a protein that has tissue-specific isoform abundance is FOX1, which has differential isoform presence in muscle and brain tissue (Nakahata and Kawamoto). Therefore, it is essential to study and understand proteins at the level of protein variants in the appropriate biosample, and this can be achieved only through large-scale analysis of the proteome at the peptide level.

3


Table of Contents

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_1.jpg 

Figure 2: Functional diversity exists through modifications and interactions of different molecules, from static indicators like the genome to increasingly numerous and complex indicators like the proteome and interactome. Modified from Bludau et al.

A study by Backman et al. published in Nature revealed the genomic variation identified in a cohort of approximately 455,000 participants of the UK Biobank exome sequencing study. The study identified a vast amount of protein variation, including almost nine million protein variants, of which more than six million are potentially deleterious and 915,289 are protein loss-of-function variants. On the individual level, each participant had on average 9,506 protein variants, of which 2,945 were potentially deleterious and 214 were loss-of-function variants. However, these variants were only identified at the genomic level and did not account for alternative splicing or post-translational modifications. Considering these additional sources of protein variants, the actual number of protein variants at both individual and population-wide levels is significantly higher.

These findings emphasize the unmet need to understand protein variants at the peptide level and underscore how little is currently known about the complexity of the proteome. We believe understanding protein variation at this level could revolutionize how we diagnose, treat, and monitor diseases.

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_2.jpg 

Figure 3: Summary of genetic variation across a population of approximately 455,000 participants of the UK Biobank (Backman et al.)

 

 

 

 

 

4


Table of Contents

The Importance of Unbiased, Peptide-level Resolution Proteomics

Importance of an Unbiased Approach in the Discovery of Novel Content

The ability to perform unbiased sampling at scale has transformed biological analysis. In genomics, unbiased sequencing of the genome enabled discovery of novel content, creating new end-market opportunities in basic research and discovery, translational research and clinical applications, including early cancer detection, recurrence monitoring and non-invasive prenatal testing.

While there is no guarantee that the Proteograph Product Suite will have the same impact on proteomics that NGS had on genomics, we believe there is a significant market opportunity to provide unbiased, deep, rapid, and scalable access to the proteome. Figure 4 illustrates how content discovery increases as sample cohorts increase in size with an unbiased approach.

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_3.jpg 

Figure 4: Unbiased approaches increase the identification of protein variants arising from genomic variants, isoforms and post-translational modifications as sample numbers increase, resulting in new biological insights, applications and utility. Targeted approaches are inherently unable to discover new protein variants.

Importance of Peptide-Level Resolution in the Understanding of Biology

We believe that peptide-level resolution is crucial to the discovery of novel content and new biological insights. One example is alternative protein isoforms arising from the same gene locus. At the transcriptome level, these alternative transcripts are known as spliceforms. The majority of human genes can produce more than one protein spliceform and, according to the Ensembl genome database project, as many as 70,000 protein spliceforms are generated by more than 23,000 human genes through alternative splicing. If we account for additional spliceforms at the population level, arising from genetic variants and somatic variants including those responsible for cancers (which affect RNA processing), the number is much larger. Affinity-based approaches generally cannot differentiate between spliceforms, whereas unbiased MS-based approaches survey proteins at the peptide level, enabling differentiation between spliceforms.

5


Table of Contents

Peptide-level resolution is critical for identifying biologically important novel cancer biomarkers, as we demonstrated in our Nature Communications paper (Blume et al.). Using data from that paper, we identified several biomarkers at the peptide level that would have been missed if we had only focused on overall protein expression, including bone morphogenic protein 1 (BMP1). In PLOS One, Donovan et al. find that the known spliceforms of BMP1 exhibit differential abundance in cases and controls; the single short form is more abundant in cancer cases, while the long forms are more abundant in controls. In that paper, we propose a mechanism to explain the differential abundance based on lack of domains in the short form. This highlights the importance of generating data at the peptide level, which is made possible by the Proteograph Product Suite.

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_4.jpg 

Figure 5: Identification of peptide-level variants of BMP1 enabled by an unbiased approach. Peptide-level identification reveals individual BMP1 variants, showing an opposite pattern of differential expression in the short vs. long variants of BMP1 in individuals with non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC) compared to normal controls.

Our Proprietary Engineered Nanoparticle Technology

The Proteograph Product Suite leverages our proprietary engineered NP technology to overcome the limitations of existing methods, and enable an easy-to-use workflow for unbiased, deep, rapid and scalable proteomic analysis. Our proprietary engineered NPs provide unbiased sampling of intact proteins across the dynamic range of the proteome, capturing molecular information at the peptide-level, including protein variants. The NPs eliminate the need for complex workflows required by other unbiased approaches, which we believe will make proteomics more accessible to the broader scientific community.

Typically, nanoparticles have a diameter in the tens to hundreds of nanometers, much smaller than a human hair, which has a diameter of 80,000 nanometers. When nanoparticles come into contact with a biological sample, a thin layer of intact proteins rapidly, selectively and reproducibly adsorbs onto their surface, forming what is called a protein “corona.” Additional intact proteins can also bind directly to proteins already attached to the nanoparticle through protein-protein interactions (PPIs), and intact protein complexes may also attach to the nanoparticle directly. Our engineered NPs capture intact proteins across the dynamic range without requiring prior knowledge of proteome composition or designing the assay for specific protein targets. In combination with an unbiased mass spectrometry readout, they reveal molecular information at the peptide level revealing protein variants. At binding equilibrium, which occurs within minutes after our NPs encounter a biosample, the selective sampling of proteins by our NPs is robust and highly reproducible.

6


Table of Contents

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_5.jpg 

 

Figure 6: Nanoparticles allow unbiased interrogation of proteoform diversity. Our nanoparticle technology leverages engineered physicochemical properties to reproducibly bind to proteins without prior knowledge, forming a protein corona.

The binding of proteins to the nanoparticle surface and protein sampling are primarily driven by three factors: (i) the affinity of a particular protein for the physicochemical surface of a specific nanoparticle; (ii) the concentration of a specific protein in a biological sample; and (iii) the affinity of the proteins for other proteins on the surface of the nanoparticle, forming PPIs. A variety of materials and methods are used to create different nanoparticles with distinct physicochemical properties, which generate a unique protein corona pattern and a unique proteomic fingerprint. As the amount of proteomic data increases, we will continue to refine the unique physicochemical properties of our NPs with advanced machine learning.

By combining nanoparticles in an assay, we can achieve a representative and thorough sampling across the dynamic range of the proteome, from high- to low-abundance proteins. In this way, we can replace complex biochemical laboratory workflows for the preparation of samples for deep, unbiased MS, enabling the capture of thousands of proteins from biofluids for large-scale proteomics studies. Nanoparticles can interrogate almost any solubilized biological sample, including cell or tissue homogenates, blood or blood components (such as plasma or serum), urine, saliva, cerebrospinal fluid and synovial fluid. This versatility, we believe, strongly suggests that a vast universe of different nanoparticles with different physicochemical properties could be employed across a broad range of sample types, to selectively, reproducibly and deeply sample the proteome in an unbiased way.

We have validated our NP technology and the principle of protein corona formation as a robust and reproducible method to deeply and broadly profile the proteome in a high-throughput manner. We have characterized our technology and its performance in three peer-reviewed publications: Nature Communications (Blume et al.), PNAS (Ferdosi et al.), and Advanced Materials (Ferdosi et al.).

The Proteograph Product Suite

The Proteograph Product Suite is an integrated solution consisting of consumables, an automation instrument, and software to perform unbiased, deep proteomic analysis at scale in a matter of hours. We designed the Proteograph workflow to be efficient and easy-to-use, and to leverage common laboratory instrumentation to enable adoption in both centralized and decentralized settings, making deep, unbiased proteomics accessible to nearly any lab.

The Proteograph consumables consist of our NPs and all other consumables necessary to assay samples in an automated workflow on our SP100 automation instrument. Our automated workflow is custom configured for researchers to assay samples in approximately eight hours, which includes approximately 30 minutes of hands-on time and seven and a half hours of automated instrument time. The output from the Proteograph workflow consists of peptides ready to be processed and evaluated on an MS instrument. The Proteograph Product Suite is detector

7


Table of Contents

agnostic and, we believe, will be adaptable to other protein detection instruments in the future. The MS component of the Proteograph workflow is either provided by the researcher’s laboratory or can be outsourced to a third-party provider. We estimate that there are approximately 16,000 MS instruments with configurations typically used to perform proteomic analysis installed worldwide and, therefore, we believe that MS systems are readily accessible to researchers. The Proteograph Analysis Suite, a data analytics software suite, provides quality control and allows researchers to analyze and interpret the output from the system to gain insights from their data.

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_6.jpg 

Figure 7: Proteograph Product Suite comprises consumables, an automation instrument, and software.

Consumables

We launched our second assay, Proteograph XT, in June 2023, which significantly enhanced the sample throughput of the Proteograph Product Suite and MS instrument, while also improving performance as measured by protein group identification.

The Proteograph XT assay employs two wells of NPs, assay buffers and reagents for protein lysis and digestion, peptide purification, peptide quantification and the reconstitution of lyophilized materials. We designed the performance specifications of the Proteograph Product Suite to meet the core needs of the market in terms of protein coverage and sample throughput required for proteomic experiments that are unbiased and at-scale. The current product allows for the interrogation and processing of up to 40 samples in parallel on a single 96-well plate in approximately eight hours. Each sample incubates separately in two wells, yielding 80 wells of peptides in a 96-well plate. The remaining 16 wells are reserved for integrated quality control samples to ensure consistent process performance and to aid in troubleshooting.

The ready availability of non-particle reagents, combined with our ability to efficiently design and fabricate different NPs with different chemical properties, greatly facilitates the development and production of future iterations or additional versions of the Proteograph assays to address potential customer needs, such as expanded protein coverage or specialized assays, including potential assays that can be used with clinical products.

Automation Instrument

We designed the Proteograph assay to be run in a robust and automated manner on our SP100 automation instrument, which is a custom-configured, industry-standard, liquid handling workstation. Our SP100 instrument is designed to enable studies of hundreds to thousands of samples, with an automated workflow that allows for rapid, highly-parallel sample processing with approximately 30 minutes of set-up time. We believe the flexibility of our instrument, coupled with the inherent diversity of our NP technology, provides a runway for many future potential applications and workflows.

8


Table of Contents

The Proteograph workflow is driven by the Instrument Control Software (ICS) on the SP100 automation instrument. The workflow has been configured to process one full 96-well plate at a time, in just eight hours, processing 40 samples in parallel. The output of the Proteograph workflow consists of peptides that are quantified, dried, and can be reconstituted when ready for injection into a mass spectrometer. MS provides quantitative unbiased detection, either on an instrument provided by the user, or sent out for MS analysis to a third-party provider.

Software

The Proteograph Analysis Suite (PAS) is designed for ease-of-use and efficiency to help users arrive at insights quickly. To accommodate varying customer needs, we have designed the PAS to be cloud-based and, in the future, to be available via more localized solutions that accommodate different customer types and geographies. The PAS offers a predefined workflow for data management and analysis, leveraging publicly available MS data analysis tools as well as our own proprietary analysis tools. Without the PAS, proteomics analysis requires expert knowledge and a scalable high-performance computer infrastructure. We believe that the PAS can accelerate adoption of the Proteograph among non-experts by providing an intuitive user interface that automates data handling, simplifies processing and analysis and provides access to a scalable infrastructure that can be used by any lab.

The PAS also includes a dedicated proteogenomics workflow that maps peptide-level data to genomic data to identify sample-specific variant peptides not captured in canonical reference databases. The workflow provides interactive tables and plots, enables visualization of identified peptides’ relationship to gene structure, protein domain information and functional regions, and creates amino acid-level browsable peptide data maps.

Currently, one potential roadblock for researchers is understanding and evaluating the quality of their results. The Proteograph Assay Kit incorporates a series of controls for monitoring assay performance, and an integrated view of the results of these control runs via the PAS. Customers can evaluate trends over time and implement performance boundaries around the expected values that flag unexpected outcomes in the data. We believe providing a simple, consistent interface to evaluate the control data and generate a quality control (QC) report will help customers understand our approach to QC in the Proteograph workflow, simplifying support.

Through a series of updates in 2023, the latest version of our PAS introduces significant improvements in the core MS analysis workflow that increase the depth of proteome information users can derive from their data. The improved analysis workflow also includes a new proprietary data processing method that enables the use of higher quality analysis methods at scale, which is valuable for population-scale research studies.

As we continue to improve and extend our product portfolio, we expect to continue to expand the capabilities and features in the PAS.

Proteograph Product Suite Performance

The Proteograph Product Suite provides five essential capabilities: (i) broad protein sampling with peptide-level resolution; (ii) deep coverage; (iii) accurate and precise measurement; (iv) reproducibility and (v) scalability for high-throughput studies. We believe that our integrated solution is the only product in the market that combines all these technical and operational capabilities. Furthermore, we rigorously measure and evaluate each of these technical attributes, as we describe below.

Breadth of protein sampling. This capability refers to conducting unbiased, highly parallel sampling of the proteome. Each well of the XT assay contains uniquely engineered NPs that selectively capture thousands of distinct intact proteins from a biosample based on their abundance and affinity for the NP surface. This sampling capability is particularly strong in complex biofluids such as plasma. Our unique NPs capture significantly more proteins than current methods of unbiased proteomic analysis.

9


Table of Contents

 

In a head-to-head experiment, Thermo ScientificTM directly compared the breadth of the Proteograph Product Suite to other unbiased proteomics methods using the same biological sample. Neat plasma, which represents the simplest form of unbiased proteomic analysis requiring minimal processing time using another method, resulted in a depth of coverage of 767 proteins. Using the Proteograph Product Suite, Thermo ScientificTM detected 6,033 proteins in plasma, representing 7.5x expansion in depth of protein coverage.

Across a set of 2,428 plasma samples, we identified over 10,600 proteins.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_7.jpg 

 

Figure 8: Proteograph XT demonstrates a 7.5x expansion in depth of coverage compared to neat plasma. Across 2,428 plasma samples, over 10,600 proteins were identified.

10


Table of Contents

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_8.jpg 

 

Figure 9. Proteograph XT consistently demonstrates an improvement in depth of coverage for each new mass spectrometer technologies released since 2020.

The Proteograph is not limited to a defined set of proteins, and samples across the dynamic range of proteins and protein variants that may be present in biosamples. We have exemplified the utility of the Proteograph in studying secreted proteins across several different sample types, including cell or tissue homogenates, blood or blood components (such as plasma or serum), urine, saliva, cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fluid and conditioned media. Importantly, the Proteograph protein data is obtained using an MS detector, which is the gold standard for proteomics, and data is conventionally reported with a one percent False Discovery Rate (FDR). This means that the reported proteins are identified with 99% confidence.

Depth of coverage. The Proteograph can quantify the proteome across a wide dynamic range of protein abundance. Figure 10 compares the depth of coverage of our assay with that of plasma. Figure 10 below demonstrates that the Proteograph assay samples proteins across the entire dynamic range of the plasma proteome, as defined in the Human Plasma Proteome Project database (Schwenk et al.), whereas neat plasma samples only the most abundant proteins.

11


Table of Contents

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_9.jpg 

Figure 10: The Proteograph identifies more proteomic content. The Proteograph workflow identifies protein across the dynamic range of the plasma proteome whereas neat plasma is limited to the most abundant proteins.

Accuracy of measurement. This capability measures how close the measured abundance of a protein is to the true abundance in a sample. The true abundance of a large number of proteins at the protein variant level at scale is not independently possible, so we use the ratio of abundances in two samples to demonstrate the accuracy of protein abundance measurement. We demonstrate the accuracy of protein abundance measurement by mixing two different plasmas in different ratios and measuring the relative MS signal intensity. By spiking human plasma with bovine plasma, the Proteograph can detect and quantify peptides that are unique to the bovine proteome. Peptides differ between the two species because of genetic differences that result in detectable changes at the amino acid level. By mixing the two plasma samples, the Proteograph can make measurements across thousands of peptides, highlighting the real-world accuracy of the Proteograph Product Suite. Panel A of Figure 11 shows how the change in MS intensity or intensity fold change varies when mixing the two plasmas at different ratios. Panel B of Figure 11 shows the results of this experiment, looking at threefold changes: 2X, 5.5X, and 11X. At each level, the dashed line is the expected fold change. The gray bars represent the distribution of bovine unique peptides for a neat plasma workflow, the dark blue bars represent the unique bovine peptides detected by both the Proteograph and the neat workflow and the teal bars represent all unique bovine peptides detected by Proteograph. In all cases, the median of each distribution is close to the dashed line, indicating that the median fold change is close to the expected value.

12


Table of Contents

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_10.jpg 

Figure 11: The Proteograph offers a high-degree of accuracy. (A) Three representative pairs of spiked-in samples and the expected fold changes of bovine proteins concentration in these pairs. (B) Distribution of observed fold changes of bovine proteins for three selected comparisons of spiked-in samples. The color indicates the data source: (i) neat digestion (gray), or (ii) Proteograph workflow constrained to proteins also identified in neat (dark blue) or (iii) Proteograph workflow all proteins (teal). The horizontal dashed lines indicate the expected fold changes.

Reproducibility of measurement in large studies. Reproducibility, also referred to as precision, is a measure of the consistency of protein abundance measurements (i.e., MS measured intensity) between repeated measurements of the same sample. A higher reproducibility indicates lower noise, which reduces the number of samples required to observe a true fold change in the study. Reproducibility is usually measured as the coefficient of variation (CV%), which is the standard deviation divided by the mean multiplied by 100. A lower CV% represents a more precise measurement. The CV across individual components of the workflow, including the Proteograph instrument and the mass spectrometry instrument, aggregate to form the overall CV% of the workflow (Figure 12; left panel). The typical CV% of MS instrumentation, derived by running the same peptide mixture in consecutive MS injections, is approximately 10%. Using the Proteograph assay to make protein measurements within a single plate adds approximately 7%, for a total CV of about 17%. Running a study across multiple plates and days adds further MS and Proteograph variability for a total system CV% of approximately 20%. Using data acquired over a long-running study, the Proteograph can derive power curves illustrating the power to detect fold changes of different sizes (Figure 12; right panel). For example, 1.5-fold and two-fold changes in protein abundance can be detected with 90% power in sample sizes of 192 and 66, respectively. Typical biological cohorts are much larger than this to capture biological variability and so we believe that the reproducibility of the Proteograph is well-calibrated for biomarker discovery and clinical proteomics.

13


Table of Contents

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_11.jpg 

Figure 12: (A) contributors to CV; (B) smaller fold changes can be detected with increased power with larger study sizes.

Scalability. The Proteograph Product Suite enables rapid and large-scale proteomic sample processing in an approximately eight-hour workflow, compared to other unbiased solutions that can take days to weeks. With our current assay, we can process 40 samples in a single run of the Proteograph SP100 instrument. Therefore, a single Proteograph Product Suite coupled with one MS instrument can process hundreds of samples per week and approximately 10,000 samples annually, for unbiased and deep proteomic analysis. In comparison, the unbiased workflows developed by leading proteomics labs can take weeks for sample preparation and MS measurement to reach an equivalent depth of proteomic coverage.

We believe that the Proteograph will be attractive to researchers who are looking for an easy-to-use, scalable approach with a unique combination of attributes spanning breadth, depth, accuracy, reproducibility and precision of measurement, and the speed and throughput necessary for large-scale proteomics studies. Furthermore, the peptide-level data that the Proteograph Product Suite provides at scale are crucial for gaining novel biological insights.

The Advantages of the Proteograph Product Suite

We believe the Proteograph Product Suite and its underlying NP technology have unique advantages:

The first commercially available solution to combine unbiased, deep, rapid and large-scale access to the proteome. Other proteomics technologies currently exist, but we believe that the Proteograph Product Suite fills a gap by providing all four attributes in a single solution with an easy-to-use workflow.
Provides unique insight into protein variation at the peptide level, with a depth and scale that sets a new standard for unbiased and deep proteomics. The Proteograph’s ability to capture protein variations at scale enables synergistic insights when combined with genomic variations, yielding informative individualized models of biology at population scale.
Allows for wide adoption by customers in both decentralized and centralized settings. The Proteograph Product Suite is an integrated solution that includes consumables, an automation instrument and software, and was designed to deliver ease-of-use, efficiency, robustness and reproducibility of results and to complement existing laboratory infrastructure. Its simple and integrated workflow enables the customer to use their own MS instrument or leverage a widely available installed base of MS instruments. We believe these features will facilitate broad adoption of the Proteograph solution across a variety of laboratories and institutions in both decentralized and centralized settings.

14


Table of Contents

Offers a core technology with the potential for development of a range of products, applications and platforms. Our diverse and expanding library of NP surfaces can support the development of new products catering to various applications and customer needs. We are using machine-learning techniques and conducting large-scale analyses to understand relationships between NP surfaces and protein binding in order to design our future products.
Provides core technology with significant operational leverage in research and development, manufacturing and commercialization. NP-based products are efficient to design, develop and manufacture. We believe that by leveraging our understanding of NP surfaces, software and analytics capabilities, we can rapidly develop new products. Our NP manufacturing process uses well-characterized inputs and methods, which require relatively modest investments in capital equipment and space. This capital-efficient and labor-efficient model has high operating leverage potential.
Presents a solution with sustainable differentiation. The Proteograph is uniquely capable of generating robust, reproducible, deep and unbiased proteomic data. As this data is used by more customers to generate insights, we believe this cycle will fuel further adoption of the Proteograph Product Suite. The Proteograph workflow is fully integrable with customer workflows and provides a unique user experience with the support of our software packages, making it a sustainable solution within customer organizations. Our NP technology, SP100 automation instrument, and software are protected by numerous issued patents and pending patent applications worldwide, covering improvements in NPs, assay methods and ways to leverage proteomic data and information for life sciences research, clinical diagnostic and drug discovery applications.

The Applications of the Proteograph Product Suite

We believe the ability to generate unbiased, deep, proteomic data at scale, with rich content at the protein variant level, will have a wide range of applications in proteomics, including basic research and discovery, translational research, diagnostics and applied markets. This data can be used in many of the same application areas as genomics data, as well as proteomics applications that are uniquely possible with unbiased proteomic data, and in new applications that the field will develop in the future.

In addition, the Proteograph Product Suite’s versatility allows it to analyze not only plasma and serum, but also other biofluids across humans and model organisms. For example, when we compared the performance of the Proteograph Product Suite workflow with that of neat biological samples across model organism plasma, urine, cerebral spinal fluid, and conditioned media, we noted superior protein group identification by the Proteograph of 4x, 1.5x, 1.5x, and 8.6x, respectively. Importantly, in each sample, we measured tens of thousands of data points at the peptide level, providing information on thousands of proteins. We believe this extensibility offers researchers a powerful and flexible tool to utilize across a variety of applications and sample types.

Basic Research and Discovery Applications

We believe that the Proteograph will be a valuable tool for researchers across a wide range of basic research and discovery applications, including cataloging protein diversity, proteogenomics and exploring the interactome. Studies in these areas are currently limited in scale by the complexity of unbiased methods or the limited set of affinity-based reagents available for biased methods. The Proteograph Product Suite is designed to enable the use of unbiased proteomic data at scale, which we believe will greatly accelerate these areas of basic research and discovery.

Cataloging protein diversity

The Proteograph Product Suite is designed to enable researchers to explore the complexity and diversity of the proteome with peptide level resolution. We anticipate that researchers will use the Proteograph solution to catalog

15


Table of Contents

protein variants in a manner similar to the cataloging of genetic variants over the past 15 years, providing functional context at a scale that is not currently accessible with other proteomics methods. We believe that identifying protein variants, including those resulting from PTMs such as glycosylation and phosphorylation, can significantly transform the life sciences field.

In January 2024, we launched the Protein Discovery Catalog on our website with the goals to remove barriers to access, empower researchers, and drive new lead generation. The Protein Discovery Catalog is a fully-accessible, searchable catalog with over 10,000 proteins across 1,900 expression pathways. This catalog is our first published index of the unprecedented depth of empirically observed proteins captured by the Proteograph to date.

 

Proteogenomics

Proteogenomics is a rapidly growing field of research that integrates genomic and transcriptomic information with proteomic information, using personalized protein sequence databases to identify novel peptides. The Proteograph generates large-scale unbiased proteomic data at peptide-level resolution, enabling researchers to map protein variants to genomic variants, advancing the field of proteogenomics. We anticipate that as researchers conduct large-scale proteomics studies with the Proteograph, proteogenomic content will rapidly increase, providing functional information to existing genomics and gene expression information.

In February 2024, in the first such study undertaken and published in Nature Communications (Suhre et al.), genomics researchers at Weill Cornell Medicine-Qatar demonstrated the value of deep, unbiased proteomic information at the peptide level in the identification of protein quantitative trait loci (pQTLs). In proteogenomic studies, pQTLs are loci of genomic variation that affect the level of protein expression. Identification of these loci at the genome level is an important first step in further analyses of biomolecular pathways and has direct application in the study of disease and identification of promising drug targets. These researchers harnessed the Proteograph workflow to perform pQTL analysis in a manner that is not afflicted by potential artifacts that protein variants can cause, as is understood to be the case with existing studies. The researchers demonstrated a MS-specific workflow for performing such analyses, which may facilitate future pQTL analyses of larger cohorts. From a cohort of 345 individuals, the researchers detected approximately 3,000 proteins and more than 18,000 peptides, demonstrating deep visibility into the proteome. In this proof-of-concept study, researchers: (i) confirmed a subset of cis-pQTLs previously identified by affinity-based methods; (ii) identified novel cis signal corresponding to putatively trans-pQTLs identified by affinity-based methods; and (iii) reported additional pQTLs not previously reported by affinity-based methods. With these results, researchers uncovered potential crucial genetic variants linked to GIP and ApoB levels relevant to conditions like Type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease.

 

This paper highlights several key insights including:

pQTL analysis can be performed using data obtained from the Proteograph workflow.
The Proteograph workflow improves identification of protein variants not measured by affinity-based methods.
Identification of genetic variants associated with pQTLs and confirmation that epitope effects likely impact pQTL results from affinity-based methods.

 

This study constitutes the first proteogenomic analysis on a human cohort where peptide-level genetic variation has been investigated with a mass-spectrometry approach.

16


Table of Contents

Translational Research Applications

Researchers can use the Proteograph for translational research applications aimed at shortening the time from early discovery research to clinical application. The Proteograph Product Suite allows clinical and translational researchers an opportunity to perform unbiased, deep and large-scale proteomics studies in therapeutic and diagnostic research and clinical trials, which can allow for significant advances in biomarker discovery, target identification and exploration and clinical trial applications.

Biomarker Discovery

Currently, de novo biomarker discovery research is limited by the size of unbiased studies or is targeted in nature. These approaches have yet to uncover the large number of potential single biomarkers or combinations of markers for a range of clinical applications. The Proteograph has the potential to enable the discovery of biomarkers through large-scale, unbiased and deep proteomics studies.

Utilizing a $2 million SBIR grant to the Company and Massachusetts General Hospital (MGH) from the National Institute on Aging (NIA), researchers from the Company and MGH conducted a study that analyzed 1,800 plasma samples comprising both controls and individuals diagnosed with cognitive decline, including Alzheimer’s Disease (AD) (Lacar et al.). The samples were collected over a 10-year period, allowing the researchers to investigate proteins associated with the progression of, or protection against, cognitive decline. When comparing the AD affected individuals with controls, researchers identified 138 proteins that were up or down regulated in AD individuals. Of these 138 proteins, only 44 have been previously associated with AD. The remaining 94 represent putative biomarkers of AD, potentially highlighting new biological insight.

Researchers used clinical information to identify the point of significant cognitive decline and determined proteins that separated the population into fast and slow decliners. Researchers identified eight such significant proteins and are now investigating how these results may be advanced to develop a score indicating the likelihood of cognitive decline in a particular timeframe. One such example is shown in Figure 13 below. Higher abundance of this protein is associated with greater probability of cognitive decline.

We believe such studies are uniquely made possible using deep, unbiased proteomics at scale using the Proteograph Product Suite because 55% of these 138 proteins are not present on a commercially available high-plex affinity based panel and there is no other practical way to do a deep unbiased proteomics study on 1,800 plasma samples other than leveraging the Proteograph Product Suite.

17


Table of Contents

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_12.jpg 

Figure 13: Shows the probability of no decline as a function of follow up time. Higher levels of the protein are associated with higher probability of decline.

Target Identification and Exploration

We believe that large-scale access to protein variant information that map to different states of health and disease, as enabled by the Proteograph and concurrent advances in proteogenomics, could lead to the discovery of personalized drug targets that could number in the hundreds of thousands. We believe that the translational application of the Proteograph for potential biomarker development may also be applied to the identification of novel targets for therapeutic development. Components of classifiers may themselves become targets for drug development, or they may point to new knowledge with respect to disease mechanisms, which could then aid in the exploration of additional targets and/or help to elucidate the function of potential targets, particularly if these targets are discovered with genomics approaches, but lack protein functional context.

Clinical Trial Applications

The Proteograph Product Suite provides clinical researchers with the opportunity to perform deep and broad proteomic profiling of subjects in therapeutic clinical trials, enabling the real-time monitoring of protein-related drug effects, distribution and metabolism. These attributes are essential in virtually all clinical drug trials. Current methods use biased or targeted panels of proteins. It is currently impractical to do this type of monitoring with unbiased proteomic methods, given the inability of these methods to scale to the hundreds or thousands of samples that are evaluated in clinical trials.

The Proteograph Product Suite may also enable patient selection and grouping based on patients’ proteomics profiles, leading to improved ability to confirm efficacy for novel therapies in complex diseases that involve multiple physiological systems. While genomic approaches are widely used to select patients in cancer and rare genetic disease clinical trials, their use in other indications has been limited by a lack of genetic understanding of these diseases. We believe that the Proteograph has the potential to generate useful proteomic signatures that can complement genomic and other patient selection criteria, improving patient selection and segmentation for clinical trials, particularly for indications outside of cancer and rare genetic diseases.

18


Table of Contents

For example, the development of therapies for CLN3 Batten disease, a rare pediatric lysosomal storage disorder, has been hindered by the lack of etiological insights and translatable biomarkers to clinics. Researchers from Sanford Research used a deep multi-omics approach to discover new biomarkers using longitudinal serum samples from a porcine model of CLN3 disease. Comprehensive metabolomics was combined with the Proteograph and LC-MS to generate quantitative data on 769 metabolites and 2,634 proteins, collectively the most exhaustive multi-omics profile conducted on serum from a porcine model, which was previously impossible due a to lack of efficient deep serum proteome profiling technologies compatible with model organisms.

The presymptomatic disease state was characterized by elevations in certain species and proteases, while later timepoints were enriched with species involved in immune cell activation and metabolism. Four specific putative biomarkers captured a large portion of the genotype-correlated variation between healthy and diseased animals, suggesting that an index score based on these analytes could have great utility in the clinic.

Diagnostic Applications

We believe that the Proteograph Product Suite also holds significant diagnostic potential. The unbiased, deep and scalable proteomic data generated by the Proteograph has the potential to create ecosystems, similar to the way in which NGS enabled genomics-based diagnostics for cancer and rare genetic diseases. We expect that companies in the healthcare testing space, including our spin-out PrognomiQ, will utilize the Proteograph solution, and we are committed to supporting all of our customers as the ecosystem grows, not only in their basic research and translational research applications but also as they develop their own diagnostic applications.

As an example, scientists at PrognomiQ conducted a large case/control study that included those at high risk for lung cancer, using deep, unbiased proteomics as part of their development work for multi-omics-based blood test for early-stage lung cancer detection.

The current recommendation for patients at high risk for lung cancer is an annual low dose CT scan. The compliance rate for current low dose CT cancer screening is only 5-10%. PrognomiQ is developing a blood test to help close this compliance gap to identify patients at risk for lung cancer and subsequent evaluation.

Researchers from PrognomiQ used the Proteograph to measure over 8,300 proteins from samples from 2,513 individuals, which was then combined with over 200,000 RNA transcripts and 1,000 metabolite measurements to drive a multi-omics classifier.

As illustrated in Figure 14A below, the proteomics data performs extremely well with an AUC of 0.91. Adding the other -omics data increased AUC to 0.96. PrognomiQ believes this classifier represents a potentially best-in-class performance by achieving a sensitivity of 80% for stage 1 and 89% for all stages of lung cancer at 89% specificity.

Figure 14B below shows the top features contributing to the classifier ranked by their importance. The top features are heavily enriched for those derived from unbiased proteomics utilizing the Proteograph assay. Figure 14C indicates where these proteins fall in the standard plasma concentration curve, and indicates that they are across the entire dynamic range. Therefore, we believe that the the capabilities of the Photograph platform to provide deep, unbiased, proteomics at scale could be used to develop this classifier.

19


Table of Contents

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_13.jpg 

Figure 14. Shows results from a study performed by scientists at PrognomiQ, using deep, unbiased proteomics as part of a multi-omics based blood test for early stage lunch cancer detection.

Applied Applications in Agriculture, Animal Health, Environmental Monitoring and Food Safety

We see significant opportunities for the Proteograph solution to be applied in areas beyond human health, including areas where broad-scale genomics is being widely applied today, and applications where proteomics can uniquely enable the creation of end-markets. We believe that unbiased, deep and large-scale proteomic information, which can be enabled by the Proteograph, can complement and extend the value of genomics, transcriptomics and metabolomics information in fields such as agriculture, animal health, environmental monitoring and food safety.

Given the robustness of the Proteograph Product Suite and the ability of its core NP technology to work across species, we believe there is significant interest and an attractive market opportunity for implementation of the Proteograph Product Suite in model organisms and the animal health markets to pursue opportunities in diagnostic and therapeutic development. We have already demonstrated the application of the Proteograph Product Suite in projects in mouse, pig, feline, chicken, canine, baboon and bovine plasmas.

Limitations of Other Approaches to Proteomics

Limitations of Transcriptomics to Infer Proteomics

RNA sequencing (RNAseq) has been the established method for studying transcriptomics over the last decade. It is often assumed that transcript and protein abundance levels are highly correlated because of the central dogma of molecular biology describing how transcripts are translated into proteins. However, several studies have repeatedly demonstrated a poor correlation between transcript and protein levels (Buccitelli and Selbach). This discrepancy can arise from technical factors, such as noise and bias in methods for assessing both transcripts and proteins, and biological mechanisms such as mRNA translation and degradation. Although both transcriptomics and proteomics measurements have their uses, proteins are more closely linked to phenotype, making them more useful than transcripts for understanding function. Therefore, we believe that direct analysis of the proteome via at-scale proteomics studies will provide unique biological insights for research, discovery and clinical applications.

Limitations of Affinity-Based Approaches to Proteomics

Proteins are highly variable in structure, chemistry, and concentration, presenting technological challenges for their identification at low concentration levels. Because of the lack of a common amplification mechanism, researchers often use ligands to measure proteins. However, because ligands such as antibodies or aptamers were designed to bind to specific areas of proteins, approaches utilizing them are considered targeted, or biased. The average length of a human protein is approximately 470 amino acids, whereas the average binding site of a ligand is an epitope five to eight amino acids long. Panels of ligands used for protein interrogation have several shortcomings, including: (i) they

20


Table of Contents

do not recognize differences in protein structure outside of the epitope binding site, so that all variants appear the same and cannot be differentiated from one another, (ii) conformational changes of the protein can affect epitope and ligand binding; for example, those induced by protein-protein interactions or post-translational modifications, and (iii) certain protein isoforms may exclude entire protein domains and remove the epitope binding site, yielding false negative results.

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_14.jpg 

 

Figure 15: Sources of variation. Left panel is a graphical summary of factors contributing to variation in the affinity-based discovery of the plasma proteome. Right panel schematically describes reasons for differences in binding profile of aptamer and antibody-based proteomic profiling (PAV protein altering variant; SNV single-nucleotide variant). Adapted from Pietzner et al.

In a paper published in Nature Communications, Pietzner et al. from the University of Cambridge experimentally demonstrated the limitations of two distinct commercially available affinity-based approaches. Specifically, the authors show that protein-altering variants can affect ligand binding, that is, each affinity-based platform interacts differently with the same protein, depending on the epitopes to which its ligands are binding. On average, the correlation between the two commercially available affinity-based methods was 0.38. The distribution of correlations across all proteins is bimodal, with some proteins having a very good correlation, and others have a correlation close to zero (as shown in Figure 16 below).The authors attribute this poor correlation to differences in epitope binding between platforms and interference from protein-altering variants. These limitations underscore the importance of studying proteins with peptide-level resolution using a technology that is quantitatively robust in identifying protein variants.

 

21


Table of Contents

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_15.jpg 

 

Figure 16: Distribution of correlation coefficients across 937 mapping aptamer–antibody pairs (n = 871 unique protein targets). Adapted from Pietzner et al.

Affinity-based approaches have limitations when used for pQTL analysis. These ligands bind to a specific epitope of the protein, as depicted on the left side of Figure 17 below.However, protein variants can alter the ligands’ binding, as demonstrated in the middle panel of the figure. Such altered binding can lead to incorrect measurements of protein levels, resulting in false pQTL identifications or misinterpretation of true pQTLs. In contrast, the Proteograph readout offers multiple peptides per protein, some of which may contain variant peptides, while others may not, as shown in the right panel of the figure. We believe that the correlation of peptides with genomic variants enables accurate pQTL analysis. The Proteograph technology provides an advantage over affinity-based approaches in pQTL analysis by offering the necessary peptide-level resolution for detection of protein variants.

https://cdn.kscope.io/5f3250c8a06a1b1044fb4fac529a342a-img35236744_16.jpg 

Figure 17: Protein variants may cause false associations in affinity-based approaches for proteogenomic studies.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Affinity-based approaches are effective when a known target and a specific epitope measurement is desired but cannot cover the vast complexity of the proteome. We believe they are analogous to microarrays in genomics, where a specific DNA fragment is used in a targeted or biased manner to confirm the presence of a specific mutation or a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP). The fundamental limitation of affinity-based approaches is their inability to differentiate between protein variants and accurately survey the complexity of the proteome.

Limitations of Current Unbiased Approaches to Proteomics

Rather than relying on predefined epitopes, unbiased approaches can interrogate proteins at the peptide level, providing amino-acid level resolution to protein variants. However, traditional, deep, unbiased proteomic approaches rely on complex workflows that do not scale because of the wide range of protein concentrations in biological samples with high dynamic range. In human plasma, for example, the 22 most abundant plasma proteins account for 99% of the total protein mass, while many thousands of less abundant proteins comprise the remaining one percent. Given the important biological role of both high- and low-abundance proteins, it is critical to detect proteins accurately, precisely, and reproducibly across the dynamic range.

Mass spectrometry (MS) is a widely used technique for unbiased discovery, basic research and clinical applications, and is considered the gold standard for protein identification. However, the wide dynamic range of protein concentrations in plasma and other biological samples has previously required complex, upfront sample preparation workflows prior to MS analysis, involving depletion of abundant proteins and fractionation of the remaining proteins and peptides. Deep unbiased proteomics analysis of complex biosamples at scale has not been feasible for wide adoption by researchers due to the high complexity, cost and time requirements. For example, in a state-of-the-art deep unbiased plasma proteomics study in 2017 prior to commercial availability of the Proteograph Product Suite, Keshishian et al.depleted the most abundant proteins with immuno-affinity columns and then separated remaining peptides by multiple and complex chromatographic steps and mass spectrometer injections. The study identified 4,500 different proteins across 16 samples but took months to complete.

Prior to the commercial availability of the Proteograph Product Suite, we believe the critical unmet need in proteomic analysis was how to collect unbiased proteomic data on thousands of proteins in a sample spanning more than ten orders of magnitude in concentration (dynamic range) and to repeat this across thousands of samples in a reasonable amount of time and cost. Genomics faced a similar unmet need before the advent of NGS, which allowed for massively parallel sampling.

Markets

We believe that the Proteograph Product Suite has two primary near-term markets: the approximately $27 billion global proteomics market, and the $28 billion global genomics market, as reported by Allied Market Research and Technavio, respectively. Potential applications of the Proteograph could span several areas, including basic research and discovery, translational research, diagnostics and clinical applications. The proteomics market is estimated by Allied Market Research to have spent approximately $21 billion on reagents, $4.5 billion on instruments, and $1.5 billion on services in 2022. We believe we will compete in the proteomics reagent and instrument markets in the near term, while our service provider customers and Centers of Excellence (COEs) will access the services component. According to Technavio, the genomics market consists of approximately $18 billion spent on products and $10 billion spent on services in 2022. We believe that we will similarly be able to attract spending on both products and services as genomic customers link genotype to phenotype by supplementing existing genomic data with proteomics data. These applications can be used across basic research, translational research, pharmaceutical, commercial and contract research organization (CRO) customer segments.

 

23


Table of Contents

We currently sell and market the Proteograph Product Suite for research use only (RUO). However, we believe that the capabilities of the Proteograph Product Suite may enable other applications in the future, including clinical and applied applications. Like the commercial impact of broadened access to genomics products, we believe the Proteograph will enable novel applications and insights, leading to new end-markets. For example, non-invasive prenatal testing and precision oncology currently make up a significant part of the current genomics market, which would have been difficult to predict a decade ago. We anticipate that the same dynamic of new market creation will occur in proteomics, with one such application for proteomics being early disease detection.

Our Strategy

Our mission is to imagine and pioneer new ways to decode the biology of the proteome to improve human health.Our growth strategy is to:

Drive adoption of the Proteograph Product Suite to enable researchers to create large-scale unbiased proteomic datasets that generate transformative scientific insights. Our Proteograph Product Suite uniquely enables researchers and clinicians to generate unbiased, deep proteomic information at speed and scale not previously possible. These capabilities have broad application, spanning basic research and discovery, translational research, diagnostics and applied applications.
Invest in market development activities to demonstrate the importance of large-scale proteomic data and the ability to access it. To expand and accelerate demand for our products, particularly as new applications are developed and adopted by customers, we plan to invest in market development activities to educate prospective customers, funding bodies, commercial entities, government-sponsored -omics programs, and other stakeholders of the importance of large-scale unbiased and deep proteomic data. This effort will likely include collaborations with key opinion leaders, generation of peer-reviewed publications, sponsorship of targeted projects, joint publications and seminars, and industry partnerships. We plan to demonstrate the value of large-scale unbiased and deep proteomic data, as well as the unique capabilities offered by our products.
Innovate continuously to develop and commercialize additional transformative products to access the proteome and accelerate our understanding of biology. We aim to continuously innovate and develop new products, applications, workflows and analysis tools that simplify and accelerate researchers and clinicians’ ability to generate proteomic data and to connect proteomic data to genomic and transcriptomic data that drive novel biological insights. As leaders in NGS have demonstrated, our sustainable advantage will come from continual development and commercialization of new products and applications based on our technology. We will drive innovation through both internal R&D projects and from collaborations with customers and partners.
Build our commercial infrastructure and manufacturing capabilities to enable expansion of our global customer base. We are establishing our commercial infrastructure to sell and support our products directly in the United States, the European Union, and United Kingdom. We are expanding access to our products in other geographies through distributors. We are also scaling our manufacturing capabilities in our facility in Redwood City, California, and will continually evaluate and optimize our manufacturing and supply chain footprint to meet our business objectives.
Foster the creation of an ecosystem of customers, partners and collaborators whose expertise and offerings complement and enhance the power and utility of our products. We intend to seed and develop a new ecosystem of applications and organizations based upon large-scale proteomic analysis. This ecosystem could include areas such as disease detection, large-scale population studies, agriculture, environmental

24


Table of Contents

monitoring and food safety. To help seed the growth of this ecosystem, we spun-out PrognomiQ, which is developing and will commercialize diagnostic tests for early disease detection, leveraging the Proteograph Product Suite in combination with other -omics technologies.
Expand our proprietary engineered NP technology to analyze molecules beyond proteins. We intend to expand the scope of our proprietary engineered NP technology to analyze other biomolecules, such as nucleic acids and metabolites. As we continue to work closely with our customers, we will better understand their needs and requirements, which will inform our product development pathway and development of our library of NPs and our software capabilities to address other -omics applications.

Commercial

Commercial Strategy

We are focused on developing the market for deep, unbiased, rapid proteomics at scale by improving accessibility to our technology, growing the number of customer studies and publications, and expanding the installed base of the Proteograph across a wide variety of customer types. We believe that enabling breakthrough science, demonstrating the power of our technology and catalyzing new applications and markets will lead to increased utilization of the Proteograph Product Suite by our customers. We are initially focused on research applications for the Proteograph Product Suite and selling and marketing the Proteograph for RUO. We started broad commercialization of the Proteograph Product Suite in January 2022 and shipped 23 instruments in 2023, bringing our total system shipments to 62 as of December 31, 2023.

Our market development efforts are focused on creating a body of evidence to support unbiased, deep proteomics at-scale by establishing relationships with key thought leaders and driving programs that make it easier for labs of all types to access the Proteograph in order to undertake first-of-their-kind studies. We believe that paving the way with standards, methods and proof in the form of published data empowers the scientific community to move forward more rapidly.

Key Opinion Leader (KOL) relationships: The generation of scientific data, presentations and peer-reviewed publications is a core pillar of our market development strategy and is important for establishing validity and utility of new disruptive products in the life sciences community. We are working closely with our customers, including KOLs, to generate clear use-cases, as well as peer-reviewed publications, that illustrate the Proteograph’s performance and value proposition.
Seer Technology Access Center (STAC): In June 2023, we announced the formation of the Seer Technology Access Center to provide access to our Proteograph workflow, coupled with Thermo ScientificTM OrbitrapTM AstralTM mass spectrometer, on a fee-for-service basis. The STAC’s primary purpose is to lower the barriers to access for customers who want access to data produced by these technologies. Customers can access the technology by bringing the Proteograph in-house and then sending the peptide output back to us for mass spec analysis. Alternatively, customers can send us samples directly and we will run the full Proteograph workflow for them and send the data back to them.
Strategic Investment Placement (SIP) Program: Our Strategic Investment Placement Program is designed to enable access to our Proteograph without the need for an upfront capital investment. With an upfront purchase of consumable kits, we will loan the instrument with an option to purchase for a defined period of time. This allows potential customers to utilize available operating budget without the need to access capital budget in the short term. We believe having access to the Proteograph and the data it generates will allow

25


Table of Contents

customers to see the value of our platform and help increase the number of studies and peer-reviewed publications.
Protein Discovery Catalog: In January 2024, we launched the Protein Discovery Catalog on our website as a fully accessible, searchable catalog with the goals of removing barriers to access, empowering researchers, and driving new lead generation. With over 10,000 proteins across 1,900 biological pathways, this catalog provides our first published index of the unprecedented depth of empirically observed proteins captured by our NP technology to date. This web tool offers versatile searches by disease associations, reactome pathways, protein names, Uniprot keywords, and more. The catalog includes proteins linked to 150,000+ peptides that can serve as data points for potential biomarkers, including proteins not yet associated with diseases, making it a rich source of biological insights, powered by data from the Proteograph XT and leading mass spectrometers. Our Protein Discovery Catalog will continue to expand over time as more samples are interrogated by the Proteograph platform and more mass spec-based proteomics data becomes available.
Centers of Excellence (COE) Program: We have partnered with select service facilities and core labs globally to be Centers of Excellence for the Proteograph. These sites have become our customers and provide fee-for-service capabilities that allow interested parties to access and evaluate the Proteograph Product Suite using their own samples. We expect that these COEs will actively promote the Proteograph solution and its capabilities, help us further raise awareness, and increase the accessibility of the Proteograph to a wider range of customers.
Commercial Partnerships: We have partnered with leading mass spectrometry instrumentation providers, including Thermo Fisher Scientific, Bruker Corporation and SCIEX to establish partnerships that include lead sharing, co-marketing, and co-development of end-to-end workflows to enable broad education of the market as well as easy-to-implement workflows.
Geographic Partnerships: We continue to expand geographically in order to enable access in key markets globally. In addition to our existing distributor in China, we added new distributors and channel partners in Australia, Eastern Europe, Israel and Japan in 2023. These partners will help educate, develop and expand the market for the Proteograph Product Suite in their respective regions.

 

We are initially targeting potential customers who value unbiased and deep proteomic information and are performing proteomic or genomic analysis at academic institutions, translational research groups and biopharmaceutical companies. Our direct sales and marketing efforts are focused on the principal investigators, researchers, department heads, research laboratory directors and core facility directors who control the buying decisions. We expect these customers to purchase the Proteograph Product Suite and associated consumables in line with typical purchases of other life science instrumentation and consumables. We believe that we have priced the Proteograph Product Suite to be affordable to most researchers who can direct buying decisions, without the need for additional levels of approval, simplifying our sales process. For example, we price the SP100 automation instrument comparably to other similar automated fluid handling systems currently available. We price the Proteograph consumables, on a per-sample basis, in a range similar to that of other life sciences consumables that provide deep and unbiased -omics information.

To service our Proteograph customers, we provide multiple levels of technical service for the Proteograph Product Suite, depending upon the customer's needs. We recognize that excellent customer support can be a critical part of a customer experience, and we will invest accordingly in our technical and application support to achieve the desired levels of service.

26


Table of Contents

Commercial Organization

We are currently building out our commercial organization across Marketing, Sales, and Customer Experience functions to support demand, with the goal of delivering an exceptional customer experience. We believe that coupling an exceptional customer experience with a transformative product will allow us to deliver substantial value to our customers, build long-term customer loyalty, enhance our competitive differentiation and, importantly, use our customer relationships to gain insights that inform our product development to grow our offerings in ways that will benefit our customers.

In North America, the United Kingdom and select countries of the European Union, we have direct sales and customer experience personnel, including Regional Business Managers (RBM), Field Application Scientists and Field Service Engineers. In addition to these direct personnel, we have marketing, customer experience and technical support personnel located in our offices in Redwood City and San Diego, California. The RBM are focused on identifying potential customers who have a strong interest in deep, unbiased proteomics and access to sufficient sample cohorts and capital to help drive long-term usage. They work closely with our marketing personnel to identify, qualify and close these customer opportunities. The Field Application Scientists also help in the sales process, they are primarily responsible for ensuring that customers have an exemplary experience once a purchase has been made. This ranges from providing customer training to working with each customer to help them optimize their methods and applications. Our Field Service Engineers perform installation and provide on-site service support for any technical problems or repairs that are needed.

Suppliers and Manufacturing

Our overall manufacturing strategy is to continuously develop and refine our processes to achieve our objectives of continuity of supply, quality of supply and margin enhancement. Over time, this may lead to in-sourcing or outsourcing certain functions, including manufacturing, in various geographic locations in order to achieve our objectives.

Consumables

We leverage well-established unit operations to formulate and manufacture our NPs at our facilities in Redwood City, California. We procure certain components of our consumables from third-party manufacturers, which includes the commonly-available raw materials needed for manufacturing our proprietary engineered NPs. We are currently manufacturing using our production-scale and pilot lines and continue to build out our manufacturing capabilities to support the broad commercial availability of our products. We obtain some of the reagents and components used in the Proteograph workflow from third-party suppliers. While some of these reagents and components are currently sourced from a single supplier, these products are readily available from numerous suppliers. While we currently perform some filling and packaging of the Proteograph assay and the related consumables, we may eventually have our filling and packaging outsourced to a third party. We conduct vendor and component qualification for components provided by third-party suppliers and quality control tests on our NPs.

27


Table of Contents

Automation Instrument

We designed the SP100 automation instrument and have outsourced its manufacturing to Hamilton Company, a leading manufacturer of automated liquid handling workstations. We entered a non-exclusive agreement with Hamilton that covers the manufacturing of the SP100 automation instrument and its continued supply on a purchase order basis. The agreement has an initial term that runs for three years following our commercial launch. We have the option to extend the term of the agreement with Hamilton upon written notice at the end of the initial term; provided that prices are only fixed during the initial term of the agreement. Hamilton has represented to us that it maintains ISO 9001 and ISO 13485 certification.

Competition

The life sciences technology industry is highly dynamic, marked by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong focus on intellectual property. In the proteomics market, companies offer a range of analytical instruments, such as chromatography and MS instruments, and associated reagents. Competition in the proteomics market is based on proprietary technologies, rapid product development capabilities, applications and intellectual property. We believe that no currently commercially available products offer the capability to conduct unbiased, deep proteomics studies of high dynamic range samples at the same scale and throughput as the Proteograph Product Suite. However, given the potential market opportunity and scientific promise of proteomics, we expect the competition to increase and, as a result, one or more competing products to emerge. Competing products may emerge from various sources, including life sciences tools, diagnostics, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, third-party service providers, academic research institutions, governmental agencies, and public and private research institutions.

Current companies that provide proteomics products include Agilent Technologies, Bruker Corporation, Danaher, DiaSorin and Thermo Fisher Scientific. There are also a number of companies that provide proteomic analysis services. In addition, multiple emerging growth companies have developed, or are developing, proteomics products, services and solutions, such as Nautilus Biotechnology, Olink Proteomics, Quanterix, Quantum-Si and Standard BioTools.

Government Regulation

The development, testing, manufacturing, marketing, post-market surveillance, distribution, advertising and labeling of certain of medical devices are subject to regulation in the United States by the Center for Devices and Radiological Health of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDC Act) and comparable state and international agencies. FDA defines a medical device as an instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent or other similar or related article, including any component part or accessory, which is (i) intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, in man or other animals, or (ii) intended to affect the structure or any function of the body of man or other animals and which does not achieve any of its primary intended purposes through chemical action within or on the body of man or other animals and which is not dependent upon being metabolized for the achievement of any of its primary intended purposes. Medical devices to be commercially distributed in the United States must receive from the FDA either clearance of a premarket notification, known as 510(k), or premarket approval pursuant to the FDC Act prior to marketing, unless subject to an exemption.

We label and sell our products for RUO and expect to sell them to academic institutions, life sciences and research laboratories that conduct research, and biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for non-diagnostic and non-clinical purposes. Our products are not intended or promoted for use in clinical practice in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, and they are labeled for research use only, not for use in diagnostic procedures. Accordingly, we

28


Table of Contents

believe our products, as we intend to market them, are not subject to regulation by FDA. Rather, while FDA regulations require that research use only products be labeled with – “For Research Use Only. Not for use in diagnostic procedures.” – the regulations do not subject such products to the FDA’s jurisdiction or the broader pre- and post-market controls for medical devices.

In November 2013, the FDA issued a final guidance on products labeled RUO, which, among other things, reaffirmed that a company may not make any clinical or diagnostic claims about an RUO product, stating that merely including a labeling statement that the product is for research purposes only will not necessarily render the device exempt from the FDA’s clearance, approval, or other regulatory requirements if the totality of circumstances surrounding the distribution of the product indicates that the manufacturer knows its product is being used by customers for diagnostic uses or the manufacturer intends such a use. These circumstances may include, among other things, written or verbal marketing claims regarding a product’s performance in clinical diagnostic applications and a manufacturer’s provision of technical support for such activities. If FDA were to determine, based on the totality of circumstances, that our products labeled and marketed for RUO are intended for diagnostic purposes, they would be considered medical devices that will require clearance or approval prior to commercialization. Further, sales of devices for diagnostic purposes may subject us to additional healthcare regulation. We continue to monitor the changing legal and regulatory landscape to ensure our compliance with any applicable rules, laws and regulations.

In the future, certain of our products or related applications could become subject to regulation as medical devices by the FDA. If we wish to label and expand product lines to address the diagnosis of disease, regulation by governmental authorities in the United States and other countries will become an increasingly significant factor in development, testing, production, and marketing. Products that we may develop in the molecular diagnostic markets, depending on their intended use, may be regulated as medical devices or in vitro diagnostic products (IVDs) by the FDA and comparable agencies in other countries. In the U.S., if we market our products for use in performing clinical diagnostics, such products would be subject to regulation by the FDA under pre-market and post-market control as medical devices, unless an exemption applies, we would be required to obtain either prior 510(k) clearance or prior premarket approval from the FDA before commercializing the product.

The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices deemed to pose lower risk to the patient are placed in either class I or II, which, unless an exemption applies, requires the manufacturer to submit a pre-market notification requesting FDA clearance for commercial distribution pursuant to Section 510(k) of the FDC Act. This process, known as 510(k) clearance, requires that the manufacturer demonstrate that the device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared and legally marketed 510(k) device or a “pre-amendment” class III device for which pre-market approval applications (PMAs) have not been required by the FDA. This FDA review process typically takes from four to twelve months, although it can take longer. Most class I devices are exempted from this 510(k) premarket submission requirement. If no legally marketed predicate can be identified for a new device to enable the use of the 510(k) pathway, the device is automatically classified under the FDC Act as class III, which generally requires PMA approval. However, FDA can reclassify or use “de novo classification” for a device that meets the FDC Act standards for a class II device, permitting the device to be marketed without PMA approval. To grant such a reclassification, FDA must determine that the FDC Act’s general controls alone, or general controls and special controls together, are sufficient to provide a reasonable assurance of the device’s safety and effectiveness. The de novo classification route is generally less burdensome than the PMA approval process.

Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting, or implantable devices, or those deemed not substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate device, are placed in class III. Class III devices typically require PMA approval. To obtain PMA approval, an applicant must demonstrate the reasonable safety and effectiveness of the device based, in part, on data obtained in clinical studies. All clinical studies of investigational medical devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be conducted in accordance with FDA’s

29


Table of Contents

investigational device exemption (IDE) regulations, including the requirement for the study sponsor to submit an IDE application to FDA, unless exempt, which must become effective prior to commencing human clinical studies. PMA reviews generally last between one and two years, although they can take longer. Both the 510(k) and the PMA processes can be expensive and lengthy and may not result in clearance or approval. If we are required to submit our products for pre-market review by the FDA, we may be required to delay marketing and commercialization while we obtain premarket clearance or approval from the FDA. There would be no assurance that we could ever obtain such clearance or approval. In January 2024, FDA announced its plans to reclassify certain high-risk in vitro diagnostics, including companion diagnostics, as Class II devices.

All medical devices, including IVDs, that are regulated by the FDA are also subject to the quality system regulation. The FDA issued a final rule in February 2024 replacing the QSR with Quality Management System Regulation (QMSR), which incorporates by reference the quality management system requirements of ISO 13485:2016. The FDA has stated that the standards contained in ISO 13485:2016 are substantially similar to those set forth in the existing QSR. The FDA will begin to enforce the QMSR requirements upon the effective date, February 2, 2026. Obtaining the requisite regulatory approvals, including the FDA quality system inspections that are required for PMA approval, can be expensive and may involve considerable delay. The regulatory approval process for such products may be significantly delayed, may be significantly more expensive than anticipated, and may conclude without such products being approved by the FDA. Without timely regulatory approval, we will not be able to launch or successfully commercialize such diagnostic products. Changes to the current regulatory framework, including the imposition of additional or new regulations, could arise at any time during the development or marketing of our products. This may negatively affect our ability to obtain or maintain FDA or comparable regulatory clearance or approval of our products in the future. In addition, regulatory agencies may introduce new requirements that may change the regulatory requirements for us or our customers, or both.

As noted above, although our products are currently labeled and sold for research purposes only, the regulatory requirements related to marketing, selling, and supporting such products could be uncertain and depend on the totality of circumstances. This uncertainty exists even if such use by our customers occurs without our consent. If the FDA or other regulatory authorities assert that any of our RUO products are subject to regulatory clearance or approval, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be adversely affected.

For example, in some cases, our customers may use our RUO products in their own laboratory-developed tests (LDTs) or in other FDA-regulated products for clinical diagnostic use. The FDA has historically exercised enforcement discretion in not enforcing the medical device regulations against LDTs and LDT manufacturers. In August 2020, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) announced rescission of guidance and other informal issuances of the FDA regarding premarket review of LDT absent notice-and-comment rulemaking, stating that, absent notice-and-comment rulemaking, those seeking approval or clearance of, or an emergency use authorization, for an LDT may nonetheless voluntarily submit a premarket approval application, premarket notification or an Emergency Use Authorization request, respectively, but are not required to do so. In November 2021, HHS under the Biden administration issued a statement that withdrew the August 2020 policy announcement stating that HHS does not have a policy on LDTs that is separate from FDA’s longstanding approach. Legislative and administrative proposals to amend the FDA's oversight of LDTs have been introduced in recent years, including the Verifying Accurate Leading-edge IVCT Development Act of 2021 (VALID Act). In September 2022, Congress passed the FDA user fee reauthorization legislation without substantive FDA policy riders, including the VALID Act, but Congress may revisit the policy riders and enact other FDA programmatic reforms in the future. In October 2023, the FDA published a proposed rule that proposes to phase out its enforcement discretion for most laboratory-developed tests (LDTs) and to amend the FDA’s regulations to make explicit that in vitro diagnostics are medical devices under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, including when the manufacturer of the diagnostic product is a laboratory. If our products become subject to FDA regulation as medical devices, we would need to invest

30


Table of Contents

significant time and resources to ensure ongoing compliance with FDA quality system regulations and other post-market regulatory requirements. It is unclear how future legislation by federal and state governments and FDA regulation will impact the industry, including our business and that of our customers. Any restrictions or heightened regulatory requirements on LDTs, IVDs, or RUO products by the FDA, HHS, Congress, or state regulatory authorities may decrease the demand for our products, increase our compliance costs, and negatively impact our business and profitability. We will continue to monitor and assess the impact of changing regulatory landscape on our business.

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. In the future, if we decide to distribute or market our diagnostic products as IVDs in Europe, such products will be subject to regulation under the IVD Medical Device Regulation (IVDR) European Union (EU) 2017/746, which replaced the IVD Directive, is significantly more extensive than the IVD Directive, including requirements on performance data and quality system, and went into application in May 2022. Recently, the European Parliament voted to extend the transition timelines for IVDR. Outside of the EU, regulatory approval needs to be sought on a country-by-country basis in order to market medical devices. Although there is a trend towards harmonization of quality system, standards and regulations in each country may vary substantially which can affect timelines of introduction.

In the future, to the extent we or our partners develop any medical devices subject to FDA regulation, failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by FDA, which may include warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties; withdrawal, administrative detention, refunds, recall or seizure of products; operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) clearance, de novo authorization, or PMA approval of new products or modified products; withdrawing 510(k) clearance, de novo authorization, or PMA approvals already granted; refusal to grant export approvals; or criminal prosecution. Further, manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following medical device clearance or approval are subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in the United States in addition to the FDA, including the CMS, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Justice, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency, and state and local governments. A medical device may be marketed only for the indications for use for which it was approved or cleared. In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing of devices, several other types of state and federal laws have been applied to restrict certain marketing practices in the device industry. These laws include the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, False Claims Act, Civil Monetary Penalties, and CMS Open Payments, among others.

In the future, if we or our partners develop any clinical diagnostic assays, we may pursue payment for such products through a diverse and broad range of channels and seek coverage and reimbursement by government health insurance programs and commercial third-party payors for such products. In the United States, there is no uniform coverage for clinical laboratory tests. The extent of coverage and rate of payment for covered services or items vary from payor to payor. Obtaining coverage and reimbursement for such products can be uncertain, time-consuming, and expensive, and, even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status were attained for our tests, to the extent applicable, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. Changes in healthcare regulatory policies could also increase our costs and subject us to additional regulatory requirements that may interrupt commercialization of our products, decrease our revenue and adversely impact sales of, and pricing of and reimbursement for, our products.

For further discussion of the risks we face relating to regulation, see the section titled “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry.”

31


Table of Contents

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), and their implementing regulations, which impose obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the transmission, security and privacy of protected health information by covered entities subject to HIPAA, such as health plans, health care clearinghouses and healthcare providers, and their respective business associates that access protected health information. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates in some cases, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.

In addition, in the U.S., numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including state data breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws, and federal and state consumer protection laws, govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information. For example, in June 2018, the State of California enacted the CCPA, which came into effect on January 1, 2020 and provides new data privacy rights for consumers and new operational requirements for companies. While we are not currently subject to the CCPA, we may in the future be required to comply with the CCPA, which may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. Furthermore, the CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent state privacy legislation in the U.S., which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business.

Furthermore, the collection, use, storage, disclosure, transfer, or other processing of personal data regarding individuals in the European Economic Area (EEA), including personal health data, is subject to the GDPR, which became effective on May 25, 2018. The GDPR is wide-ranging in scope and imposes numerous requirements on companies that process personal data, including requirements relating to processing health and other sensitive data, obtaining consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, providing information to individuals regarding data processing activities, implementing safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of personal data, providing notification of data breaches, and taking certain measures when engaging third-party processors. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data to countries outside the EEA, including the United States, and permits data protection authorities to impose large penalties for violations of the GDPR, including potential fines of up to €20 million or 4% of annual global revenues, whichever is greater. The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies, and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR. In addition, the GDPR includes restrictions on cross-border data transfers. The GDPR may increase our responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process where such processing is subject to the GDPR, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms to ensure compliance with the GDPR, including as implemented by individual countries. Compliance with the GDPR will be a rigorous and time-intensive process that may increase our cost of doing business or require us to change our business practices, and despite those efforts, there is a risk that we may be subject to fines and penalties, litigation, and reputational harm in connection with our European activities. Further, the United Kingdom’s decision to leave the EU, often referred to as Brexit, has created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. As of January 1, 2021, and the expiry of transitional arrangements agreed to between the United Kingdom and EU, data processing in the United Kingdom is governed by a United Kingdom version of the GDPR (combining the GDPR and the Data Protection Act 2018), exposing us to two parallel regimes, each of which potentially authorizes similar fines and other potentially divergent enforcement actions for certain violations. Pursuant to the Trade and Cooperation Agreement, which went into effect on January 1, 2021, the United Kingdom and EU agreed to a specified period during which the United Kingdom will be treated like an EU member state in relation to processing and transfers of personal data for four months from January 1, 2021. This period may be extended by two further months. Furthermore, following the expiration of the specified period, there will be

32


Table of Contents

increasing scope for divergence in application, interpretation and enforcement of the data protection law as between the United Kingdom and EEA.

For further discussion of the risks we face relating to regulation, see the section titled “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry.”

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products and technology. We use a variety of intellectual property protection strategies, including patents, trademarks, trade secrets and other methods of protecting proprietary information.

As of December 31, 2023, we owned or exclusively licensed over 160 issued patents and patent applications worldwide. Our intellectual property portfolio includes patents and patent applications directed to proteomic assays, nanoparticle chemistry, data analysis and automation instruments. Our owned or exclusively licensed patents and patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire between 2024 and 2044, in each case without taking into account any possible patent term adjustments or extensions and assuming payment of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees.

We exclusively license U.S. patents and patent applications, as well as ex-U.S. patents and pending patent applications from The Brigham and Women’s Hospital (BWH). These patents and patent applications are directed to methods for identifying a biological state, including classification and early detection of cancers and other diseases, using nanoparticle and biosensor compositions, as well as other nanoparticle compositions. Our in-licensed patents and patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire between 2027 and 2037, in each case without taking into account any possible patent term adjustments or extensions and assuming payment of all appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees.

In addition to licensing patents and patent applications from BWH, we have also non-exclusively licensed certain of our patents and patent applications to PrognomiQ for use in the field of human diagnostics. Pursuant to our agreement with PrognomiQ, we also assigned a patent application related to lung cancer biomarkers to PrognomiQ. In connection with our agreement with PrognomiQ, we have granted PrognomiQ a non-exclusive sublicense to certain patents and patent applications that we license from BWH under our license agreement with BWH for use in the field of human diagnostics. For further information on the intellectual property transfer and license agreement with PrognomiQ and the license agreement with BWH, see the section titled “Business —Collaboration and License Agreements.”

We intend to pursue additional intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost-effective. Our ability to stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or otherwise commercializing any of our patented inventions, either directly or indirectly, will depend in part on our success in obtaining, defending and enforcing patent claims that cover our technology, inventions, and improvements. With respect to both our owned and in-licensed intellectual property, we cannot provide any assurance that any of our current or future patent applications will result in the issuance of patents in any particular jurisdiction, or that any of our current or future issued patents will effectively protect any of our products or technology from infringement or prevent others from commercializing infringing products or technology. Even if our pending patent applications are granted as issued patents, those patents may be challenged, circumvented or invalidated by third parties. Consequently, we may not obtain or maintain adequate patent protection for any of our products or technologies.

In addition to our reliance on patent protection for our inventions, products and technologies, we also rely on trade secrets, know-how, confidentiality agreements and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our

33


Table of Contents

competitive position. For example, some elements of manufacturing processes, analytics techniques and processes, as well as computational-biological algorithms, and related processes and software, are based on unpatented trade secrets and know-how that are not publicly disclosed. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees, advisors and consultants, these agreements may be breached or may be unenforceable and we may not have adequate remedies. In addition, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology. As a result, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. For further discussion of the risks relating to intellectual property, see the section titled “Risk factors—Risks Related to our Intellectual Property.”

Collaboration and License Agreements

The Brigham and Women’s Hospital

In December 2017, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with BWH, pursuant to which we obtained an exclusive, royalty-bearing, sub-licensable (with approval from BWH) license to certain U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications in one patent family related to methods for identifying a biological state using nanoparticle and biosensor compositions and other nanoparticle compositions to develop, manufacture, use and commercialize products and processes in all fields, including but not limited to therapeutic, diagnostic, or other uses, on a worldwide basis. In addition, we were also granted an exclusive, royalty-bearing, sub-licensable (with approval from BWH) license to certain U.S. pending patent applications in another patent family to develop, manufacture, use and commercialize products and processes in all fields, including but not limited to therapeutic, diagnostic, or other uses, other than for the treatment of cancer through antigen-specific immune stimulation or the treatment of disease through immune tolerance or immune switching of lymphocyte subclasses. We may sublicense the patent rights licensed under the agreement subject to certain conditions, including obtaining the review and approval by BWH of such sublicense and any such sublicense must be consistent with and subject to the terms of the agreement.

In consideration for the licenses granted under the agreement, we must pay BWH annual license fees and a low single digit royalty on net sales of licensed products in any country during the term of the agreement, which is credited against the annual license fees. In the event we commercialize a product in the therapeutic space, we are also required to make certain drug-approval regulatory and commercialization milestone payments to BWH of up to a mid-seven digit figure in the aggregate for licensed products. In the event we sublicense any of the licensed intellectual property, we must pay BWH a percentage of any sublicense income received by us, which on a going-forward basis will be in the high single digits.

Under the terms of the agreement, we are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize the licensed products, including in accordance to certain developmental, funding, regulatory and commercialization milestones. BWH controls the prosecution, maintenance and enforcement of all licensed patents and patent applications under the agreement.

Unless earlier terminated, the agreement continues until the expiration of the last to expire patent right licensed under the agreement. Subject to an applicable cure period, BWH may terminate the agreement if we fail to comply with applicable payments or diligence obligations or upon a breach of our obligation under the agreement, or for certain insolvency-related events.

PrognomiQ

In August 2020, we entered into an intellectual property transfer and license agreement and, in October 2020, we entered into an intellectual property sublicense agreement, in each case with PrognomiQ in connection with the

34


Table of Contents

spin-out of PrognomiQ. Under the intellectual property transfer and license agreement, we granted PrognomiQ a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable (subject to termination for breach) license to certain patents and patent applications that we own and, under the intellectual property sublicense agreement, we granted a non-exclusive sublicense to certain patent applications exclusively licensed from BWH, in each case, relating to our core technology to develop, manufacture and commercialize licensed products for the field of human diagnostics on a worldwide basis. In addition, we assigned a patent application relating to lung cancer biomarkers, and transferred certain clinical samples, contracts and other related assets to PrognomiQ. PrognomiQ may extend such licensed and sublicensed rights to customers of licensed products. PrognomiQ is not required to pay us any royalties or fees pursuant to the intellectual property transfer and license agreement. In consideration of the non-exclusive sublicense to certain patent applications licensed from BWH, PrognomiQ paid us a low-five digit figure, and would pay a low single digit royalty, in an amount equivalent to what we would have to pay under our license with BWH, on net sales of sublicensed products beginning with the first commercial sale of a sublicensed product during the term of the intellectual property sublicense agreement.

In the event we elect to grant an exclusive license to a third party in the field of human diagnostics for any of the patents and patent applications licensed or sublicensed, as applicable, to PrognomiQ under the respective agreements, we are required to first negotiate with PrognomiQ for a period of sixty days for a license or sublicense, as applicable, to such rights on reasonable terms. Furthermore, for a period of two years after the effective date, we are required to negotiate in good faith with PrognomiQ for a license or sublicense, as applicable, to any improvements to the patents and patent applications assigned or licensed or sublicensed, as applicable, under the intellectual property transfer and license agreement and the intellectual property sublicense agreement. In an amendment to the intellectual property transfer and license agreement, we agreed to extend this negotiation period to August 21, 2024.

Neither party may assign the intellectual property transfer and license agreement nor any rights or obligations under the agreement without the other party’s prior written consent, other than to an affiliate or pursuant to an acquisition. PrognomiQ may not assign the intellectual property sublicense agreement or any rights or obligations under the agreement without our prior written consent, other than to an affiliate or pursuant to an acquisition, and in any event only with BWH’s prior written consent. Our right to assign the intellectual property sublicense agreement and any rights or obligations under the agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of our license with BWH. Unless terminated earlier, the terms of both agreements continue until the expiration of the last to expire intellectual property right granted under such agreement. Either party may terminate either agreement for an uncured breach of the other party, upon which all licenses granted under such agreement to the breaching party will terminate.

Scientific Advisory Board

We have assembled a highly-qualified scientific advisory board composed of advisors who have deep expertise in the fields of nanotechnology, proteomics, genomics, medicine, regulatory compliance and data science. Our scientific advisory board is composed of Robert Langer, Sc.D., Charles Cantor, Ph.D., Steven Carr, Ph.D., Joshua Coon, Ph.D., Luis Diaz, M.D., Vivek Farias, Ph.D., Chris Mason, Ph.D., Mark McClellan, Ph.D., Jennifer Van Eyk, Ph.D., M.D., and Bruce Wilcox, Ph.D.

Employees

Our employees are guided by our mission to imagine and pioneer news ways to decode the biology of the proteome to improve human health. Our core values Better Together, Customer Centric, Difference Makers, People First and

35


Table of Contents

Trailblazers guide us toward achieving our mission. Our core values set the foundation for how we conduct business, interact with each other and our customers and evaluate employee performance.

As of December 31, 2023, we had 147 employees based in North America, the European Union and the United Kingdom. Many of our employees are highly educated, holding masters and doctorate degrees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement.

Diversity, equality and inclusion awareness were a part of our 2023 human capital strategy. As of December 31, 2023, 62% of our employees were women and people of color.

Our human capital resources objectives include identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants. The principal purposes of our equity and cash incentive plans are to attract, retain and reward personnel through the granting of stock-based and cash-based compensation awards to increase stockholder value and the success of our company by motivating such individuals to perform to the best of their abilities and achieve our objectives.

Corporate Information and History

We were incorporated in Delaware on March 16, 2017, under the name Seer Biosciences, Inc., and changed our name to Seer, Inc. on July 16, 2018. Our principal executive offices are located at 3800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 102, Redwood City, California 94065. Our telephone number is 650-543-0000. Our website address is http://seer.bio. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website should not be considered to be part of this Annual Report.

We use Seer and Proteograph as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This Annual Report contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this Annual Report, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

References

Published studies referenced throughout this Annual Report are cited below. These studies are not a part of this prospectus and are not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

Backman, J.D. et al. Exome sequencing and analysis of 454,787 UK Biobank participants. Nature 599, 628–634 (2021)

Bludau, I. et al. Proteomic and interactomic insights into the molecular basis of cell functional diversity. Nat Rev Molec Cell Biol 21, 327–340 (2020).

Blume, J.E. et al. Rapid, deep and precise profiling of the plasma proteome with multi-nanoparticle protein corona. Nat. Commun. 11 (2020).

Buccitelli C. and Selbach M. mRNAs, proteins and the emerging principles of gene expression control. Nat Rev Genet. 21(10):630-644 (2020).

Donovan M. et al. Functionally distinct BMP1 isoforms show an opposite pattern of abundance in plasma from non-small cell lung cancer subjects and controls. PLOS One. 18(3): e0282821 (2023).

36


Table of Contents

Ferdosi, S. et al. Engineered nanoparticles enable deep proteomic studies at scale by leveraging tunable nano-bio interactions. PNAS. 119(11) (2022).

Ferdosi, S. et al. Enhanced competition at the nano-bio interface enables comprehensive characterization of protein corona dynamics and deep coverage of proteomes. Advanced Materials. 34, 2206008 (2022).

Keshishian, H. et al. Quantitative, multiplexed workflow for deep analysis of human blood plasma and biomarker discovery by mass spectrometry. Nat. Proc. 12 1683-1701 (2017).

Lacar, B et al. Identification of Novel Biomarkers for Alzheimer’s Disease and Related Dementias Using Unbiased Plasma Proteomics (bioRxiv)

Nakahata and Kawamoto. Tissue-dependent isoforms of mammalian Fox-1 homologs are associated with tissue-specific splicing activities. Nucleic Acid Research 33(7) 2078-2089 (2005).

Pietzner, M. et al. Synergistic insights into human health from aptamer- and antibody-based proteomic profiling. Nat Commun. 12, 6822 (2021).

Schwenk, J.M. et al. The Human Plasma Proteome Draft of 2017: Building on the Human Plasma Peptide Atlas from Mass Spectrometry and Complementary Assays. J. Proteome Res. 16, 4299-4310 (2017).

Suhre, K. et al. Nanoparticle enrichment mass-spectrometry proteomics identifies protein-altering variants for precise pQTL mapping. Nat Commun, 15, 989 (2024).

 

Yang X. et al. Widespread Expansion of Protein Interaction Capabilities by Alternative Splicing. Cell. 164(4):805-17 (2016).

Available Information

We make our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, available free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed with the SEC. Our website address is http://seer.bio. Information on our website is not part of this report. The SEC maintains a website that contains the materials we file with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

37


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this Annual Report, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report, before deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In such an event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations and the market price of our Class A common stock.

Summary Risk Factor

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that you should consider before investing in our company, as more fully described below. The principal factors and uncertainties that make investing in our company risky include, among others:

we are an early-stage life sciences technology company with a history of net losses, which we expect to continue, and we may not be able to generate meaningful revenues or achieve and sustain profitability in the future;
we have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and the prospects for our future viability, and to predict our future performance;
our operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or any guidance we may provide;
the size of the markets for the Proteograph Product Suite may be smaller than estimated, and new market opportunities may not develop as quickly as we expect, or at all, limiting our ability to successfully sell our products;
we are in the early stages of our commercialization plan, and we may not be able to commercialize the Proteograph Product Suite as planned;
our commercialization success depends on broad scientific and market acceptance of the Proteograph, which we may fail to achieve;
even if the Proteograph Product Suite is successfully commercialized and achieves broad scientific and market acceptance, if we fail to improve it or introduce compelling new products or services, our revenues and our prospects could be harmed;
health epidemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic could adversely impact our business and operations;
if we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for our products and technology, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our products may be impaired;

38


Table of Contents

if we are unable to identify and recruit qualified employees, and retain or maintain our employee base, it may adversely impact our business and operations; and
if we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, or otherwise fail to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we may not be able to accurately and timely report our financial results, which may adversely affect our business and investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our Class A common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We are an early-stage life sciences technology company with a history of net losses, which we expect to continue, and we may not be able to generate meaningful revenues or achieve and sustain profitability in the future.

We are an early-stage life sciences technology company, and we have incurred significant losses since we were formed in 2017, and expect to continue to incur losses in the future. We incurred net losses of $86.3 million and $93.0 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $305.8 million. These losses and accumulated deficit were primarily due to the substantial investments we have made to develop and improve our technology and the Proteograph Product Suite. Over the next several years, we expect to continue to devote substantially all of our resources towards continuing development and commercialization of the Proteograph Product Suite, including sales and marketing, manufacturing and operations costs, and research and development efforts for products. These efforts may prove more costly than we currently anticipate. While we have generated product revenue, we may never generate revenue sufficient to offset our expenses. In addition, as a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, administrative, insurance and other expenses. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will sustain profitability.

We have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and the prospects for our future viability, and to predict our future performance.

We are in the early stages of commercialization of the Proteograph Product Suite. Our operations to date have been primarily focused on developing our technology and products. Our prospects must be considered in light of the uncertainties, risks, expenses, and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in their early stages of operations. Consequently, predictions about our future success or viability are highly uncertain and may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a company history of successfully developing and commercializing products.

In addition, as a business with a limited operating history, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown obstacles. As we continue to transition from a company with a focus on research and development to a company capable of supporting broad commercial activities as well, we may not be successful in such a transition. We have encountered in the past, and will encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies with limited operating histories in emerging and rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

39


Table of Contents

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations of investors or security analysts or any guidance we may provide, and which may cause the price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate or decline substantially.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

our ability to successfully commercialize the Proteograph Product Suite on our anticipated timeline;
our ability to offer high-quality customer service:
the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development and commercialization activities relating to the Proteograph Product Suite, including our SP100 automation instrument, proprietary engineered nanoparticle (NP) technology and Proteograph Analysis Suite software, which may change from time to time;
the level of demand for any products we are able to commercialize, particularly the Proteograph Product Suite, which may vary significantly from period to period;
our ability to drive adoption of the Proteograph in our target markets and our ability to expand into any future target markets;
our relationship with third-party distributorships, the quantity of our products they elect to hold in inventory, and their ability to promote and sell our products;
the prices at which we will be able to sell the Proteograph Product Suite and related services;
the volume and mix of our sales between the Proteograph Product Suite and associated consumables, or changes in the manufacturing or sales costs related to our products;
the length of time and unpredictable nature of the sales cycle;
the lead time needed to procure SP100 automation instruments from our third-party contract manufacturer;
the success of our sales force, which if less than anticipated, could significantly impair our ability to generate revenue;
the failure of customers to exercise Proteograph purchase options;
the effective and efficient use of our financial and other resources, including the timing and amount of expenditures that we may incur to develop, commercialize or acquire additional products and technologies or for other purposes, such as the expansion of our facilities;
changes in governmental funding of life sciences research and development or changes that impact budgets and budget cycles;
seasonal spending patterns and the ability to collect on the accounts receivable of our customers;
the timing of when we recognize revenue;

40


Table of Contents

future accounting pronouncements, changes in accounting rules and regulations, or modifications to our accounting policies;
the outcome of any future litigation or governmental investigations involving us, our industry or both;
higher than anticipated service, replacement and warranty costs;
the impact of health epidemics on the economy, investment in life sciences and research industries, our business operations, and resources and operations of our customers, suppliers, and distributors;
global supply chain interruptions; and
general industry, economic and market conditions such as inflation, rising interest rates, bank failures and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

The cumulative effects of the factors discussed above could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet expectations of industry or financial analysts, or investors, for any period. If we are unable to commercialize products or generate sufficient revenue, or if our operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any guidance we may provide, or if the guidance we provide is below the expectations of analysts or investors, it could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate or decline substantially.

The size of the markets for the Proteograph Product Suite may be smaller or different from estimated, and new market opportunities may not develop as quickly as we expect, or at all, limiting our ability to successfully sell our products.

The market for proteomics and genomics technologies and products is evolving, making it difficult to predict with any accuracy the size of the markets for our current and future products, including the Proteograph Product Suite. Our estimates of the total addressable market for our current and future products are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates and assumptions. In particular, our estimates are based on our expectations that researchers in the market for certain life sciences research tools and technologies will view our products as competitive alternatives to, or better options than, existing tools and technologies. We also expect researchers will recognize the ability of our products to complement, enhance and enable new applications of their current tools and technologies. We expect them to recognize the value proposition offered by our products, enough to purchase our products in addition to the tools and technologies they already own. Underlying each of these expectations are a number of estimates and assumptions that may be incorrect, including the assumptions that government or other sources of funding will continue to be available to life sciences researchers at times and in amounts necessary to allow them to purchase our products and that researchers have sufficient samples and an unmet need for performing proteomics studies at scale across thousands of samples. In addition, sales of new products into new market opportunities may take years to develop and mature and we cannot be certain that these market opportunities will develop as we expect. New life sciences technology may not be adopted until the consistency and accuracy of such technology, method or device has been proven. As a result, the sizes of the annual total addressable market for new markets and new products are even more difficult to predict. Our product is an innovative new product, and while we draw comparisons between the evolution and growth of the genomics and proteomics markets, the proteomics market may develop more slowly or differently. In addition, the Proteograph Product Suite may not impact the field of proteomics in the same manner or degree, or

41


Table of Contents

within the same time frame, that NGS technologies have impacted the field of genomics, or at all. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates of the total addressable market for our products are reasonable, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our assumptions or estimates, or those underlying the third-party data we have used, may change at any time, thereby reducing the accuracy of our estimates. As a result, our estimates of the total addressable market for our products may be incorrect.

The future growth of the market for our current and future products depends on many factors beyond our control, including recognition and acceptance of our products by the scientific community and the growth, prevalence and costs of competing products and solutions. Such recognition and acceptance may not occur in the near term, or at all. If the markets for our current and future products are smaller than estimated or do not develop as we expect, our growth may be limited and our business, financial condition and operational results of operations could be adversely affected.

We are in the early stages of commercialization, and we may not be able to commercialize the Proteograph Product Suite as planned.

We have only recently initiated the broad commercialization of the Proteograph Product Suite, and we may not be able to successfully execute on this phase as planned due to:

the inability to establish the capabilities and value proposition of the Proteograph Product Suite with key opinion leaders and other customers in a timely fashion;
delays or longer-than expected lead times in the sales cycle to establish customer contacts, complete responsive presentations including platform evaluations tailored to specific requests, and move expeditiously from quote to order to revenue to receipt of payment due to budgetary or other constraints of academic organizations, laboratories, biopharmaceutical companies and others;
changing industry or market conditions, customer requirements or competitor offerings during broad commercialization;
delays in continuing the build-out of our sales, customer support and marketing organization as needed for broad commercialization;
delays in ramping up manufacturing, either internally or through our suppliers, to meet the expected demand for broad commercialization; and
the impact of health epidemics on the economy and research industries, our business operations, and resources and the operations of our customers, suppliers and supply chain, and distributors.

To the extent our broad commercial release phase is unsuccessful, our financial results will be adversely impacted.

Even if we are able to execute on our commercialization plan, our success depends on broad scientific and market acceptance of the Proteograph Product Suite, which we may fail to achieve.

Our ability to achieve and maintain scientific and commercial market acceptance of the Proteograph Product Suite will depend on a number of factors. We expect that the Proteograph will be subject to the market forces and adoption curves common to other new technologies. The market for proteomics and genomics technologies and products is in its early stages of development. If widespread adoption of the Proteograph takes longer than anticipated, or broad scientific and market acceptance does not occur, we will continue to experience operating losses.

42


Table of Contents

The success of life sciences products is due, in large part, to acceptance by the scientific community and their adoption of certain products in the applicable field of research. The life sciences scientific community is often led by a small number of early adopters and key opinion leaders who significantly influence the rest of the community through publications, including peer-reviewed journals. In such journal publications, the researchers will describe not only their discoveries, but also the methods, and typically the products used, to fuel such discoveries. Mentions in publications, including peer-reviewed journal publications, are a driver for the general acceptance of life sciences products, such as the Proteograph Product Suite. We have and continue to collaborate with a small number of key opinion leaders who are highly skilled at evaluating novel technologies and whose feedback helped us solidify our commercialization plans and processes. Ensuring that early adopters and key opinion leaders publish research involving the use of our products is critical to ensuring our products gain widespread scientific acceptance. In addition, continuing collaborative relationships with key opinion leaders is vital to maintaining any market acceptance we achieve. If too few researchers describe the use of our products, too many researchers utilize or shift to a competing product and publish research outlining their use of that product or too many researchers negatively describe the use of our products in publications, it may drive customers away from our products and it may delay market acceptance and adoption of the Proteograph during broad commercialization.c

Other factors in achieving commercial market acceptance, include:

our ability to market and increase awareness of the capabilities of the Proteograph Product Suite;
the ability of the Proteograph Product Suite to perform intended use applications broadly in the hands of customers;
our customers’ willingness to adopt new products and workflows;
the Proteograph’s ease of use and whether it reliably provides advantages over other alternative technologies;
the rate of adoption of the Proteograph Product Suite by academic institutions, laboratories, biopharmaceutical companies and others;
the prices we charge for the Proteograph Product Suite;
our ability to develop new products, services and solutions that achieve commercial market acceptance;
if competitors develop and commercialize products that perform similar functions as the Proteograph; and
the impact of our investments in product innovation and commercial growth.

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in addressing each of these criteria or other criteria that might affect the market acceptance of any products we commercialize, particularly the Proteograph Product Suite. If we are unsuccessful in achieving and maintaining market acceptance of the Proteograph, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

If our sales force is less successful than anticipated, we may not be successful in commercializing the Proteograph Product Suite.

We have limited experience as a company in sales and marketing and our ability to successfully commercialize depends on our being able to attract customers for the Proteograph Product Suite. Although members of our management team have considerable industry experience, we need to expand our sales, marketing, distribution and customer service and support capabilities with the appropriate technical expertise during the commercialization of the

43


Table of Contents

Proteograph Product Suite. To perform sales, marketing, distribution, and customer service and support successfully, we will face a number of risks, including:

our ability to attract, retain and manage the sales, marketing and customer service and support force necessary to commercialize and gain market acceptance for our technology;
the time and cost of establishing a specialized sales, marketing and customer service and support force; and
our sales, marketing and customer service and support force may be unable to initiate and execute successful commercialization activities.

We have enlisted and may seek to enlist additional third parties to assist with sales, distribution and customer service and support globally or in certain regions of the world. There is no guarantee that we have attracted or will be successful in attracting desirable or experienced sales or distribution partners or that we have entered or will be able to enter into such arrangements on favorable terms. In addition, we rely on commercial carriers to transport our products, including consumables that are temperature controlled, to customers in a timely and cost-efficient manner, and if these services are delayed or disrupted, our business may be harmed. If our sales and marketing efforts, and logistics capability, or those of any third-party sales and distribution partners, are not successful, the Proteograph may not gain market acceptance, which could materially impact our business operations.

Even if the Proteograph Product Suite is successfully commercialized and achieves broad scientific and market acceptance, if we fail to improve it or introduce compelling new products and services, our revenues and our prospects could be harmed.

Even if we are able to broadly commercialize the Proteograph Product Suite and achieve broad scientific and market acceptance, our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers will depend in large part on our ability to enhance and improve the Proteograph solution and to introduce compelling new products and services. The success of any enhancement to the Proteograph Product Suite or introduction of new products depends on several factors, including timely completion and delivery, competitive pricing, adequate quality testing, integration with existing technologies, appropriately timed and staged introduction and overall market acceptance. Any new product or enhancement to the Proteograph that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain defects, errors, vulnerabilities or bugs, or may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue.

The typical development cycle of new life sciences products can be lengthy and complicated, and may require new scientific discoveries or advancements, considerable resources and complex technology and engineering. Such developments may involve external suppliers and service providers, making the management of development projects complex and subject to risks and uncertainties regarding timing, timely delivery of required components or services and satisfactory technical performance of such components or assembled products. If we do not achieve the required technical specifications or successfully manage new product development processes, or if development work is not performed according to schedule, then such new technologies or products may be adversely impacted. If we are unable to successfully develop new products and services, enhance the Proteograph Product Suite to meet customer requirements, compete with alternative products, or otherwise gain and maintain market acceptance, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Health epidemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic could adversely impact our business and operations.

Our ability to drive the adoption of the Proteograph Product Suite, including our instruments and associated consumables by academic, research and commercial customers depends on our ability to visit customer sites, the ability of our customers to access laboratories, and the ability to install and train on the Proteograph Product Suite and

44


Table of Contents

conduct research in light of the COVID-19 pandemic or any other health epidemic. These considerations are impacted by factors beyond our control, such as:

reductions in capacity or shutdowns of laboratories and other institutions as well as reduced or delayed spending on instruments and consumables as a result of shutdowns and delays;
decreases in government funding of research and development; and
changes to programs that provide funding to research laboratories and institutions, including changes in the amount of funds allocated to different areas of research, changes that have the effect of increasing the length of the funding process or the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers and potential customers and their funding sources.

The future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and any other health epidemic is highly uncertain and subject to sudden change, including changes in FDA and other regulatory policies that can materially impact our business or that of our customers and partners. This impact could have a material, adverse impact on our liquidity, capital resources, operations and business and those of the third parties on which we rely, such as the manufacturer of our SP100 automation instrument, Hamilton Company, and could worsen over time. Any of these occurrences, and any new epidemics, could significantly harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Unfavorable U.S. or global economic conditions could adversely affect our ability to raise capital and our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets could reduce our ability to raise additional capital through equity, equity-linked or debt financings, which could negatively impact our short-term and long-term liquidity and our ability to operate in accordance with our operating plan, or at all. Additionally, our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and financial markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn could result in a variety of risks to our business, including weakened demand for the Proteograph Product Suite and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on favorable terms, if at all. A weak or declining economy, rising inflation, rising interest rates, or bank failures could strain our customers’ budgets or cause delays in their payments to us. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our ability to raise capital, business, results of operations, financial condition, and cause the stock price of our Class A Common Stock to decline.

Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry could impair our ability to access our cash, cash equivalents and investments and to timely meet our financial obligations to our vendors and others.

Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, many of which may be beyond our control, could impair our ability to access our cash, cash equivalents and investments and to timely meet our financial obligations to our vendors and others. If banks and financial institutions with whom we have relationships experience liquidity issues, become insolvent, or enter receivership, we may be unable to access, and we may lose, some of or all our cash, cash equivalents and investments to the extent those funds are not protected by FDIC or SIPC insurance. We regularly maintain cash, cash equivalents and investments that exceed insurance limits or are not insured, and the factors above or other related or similar factors not described above could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements and our vendor and other relationships, and cause the price of our Class A Common stock to decline.

45


Table of Contents

If we do not sustain or successfully manage our growth or financial resources, our business and prospects will be harmed.

Growing our business will place significant strains on our management, operational and manufacturing systems and processes, sales and marketing team, financial resources, systems and internal controls, and other aspects of our business. Developing and commercializing the Proteograph Product Suite will require us to hire and retain scientific, sales and marketing, software, manufacturing, customer service, distribution, quality assurance and other personnel. In addition, we will need to hire additional accounting, finance and other personnel in connection with our efforts to comply with the requirements of being a public company. As a public company, our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements and effectively manage these activities. We may face challenges integrating, developing and motivating our rapidly growing employee base. To effectively manage our growth, we must continue to improve our operational and manufacturing systems and processes, our financial systems and internal controls and other aspects of our business and continue to effectively expand, train and manage our personnel. As our organization continues to grow, we will be required to implement more complex organizational management structures, and may find it increasingly difficult to maintain the benefits of our corporate culture, including our ability to quickly develop and launch new and innovative products. If we do not successfully manage our growth or financial resources, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects will be harmed.

We depend on our key personnel and other highly qualified personnel, and if we are unable to recruit, train and retain our personnel, we may not achieve our goals.

Our future success depends upon our ability to recruit, train, retain and motivate key personnel. Our senior management team, including Omid Farokhzad, one of our founders and our Chief Executive Officer, and David Horn, our Chief Financial Officer and President, are critical to our vision, strategic direction, product development and commercialization efforts.

The departure of one or more of our executive officers, senior management team members, or other key employees could be disruptive to our business until we are able to hire qualified successors. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on our senior management team.

Our continued growth and ability to successfully transition from a company primarily focused on development to commercialization depends, in part, on attracting, retaining and motivating qualified personnel, including highly-trained sales personnel with the necessary scientific background and ability to understand our systems at a technical level to effectively identify and sell to potential new customers. New hires typically require significant training and, in many cases, take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our failure to successfully integrate these key personnel into our business could adversely affect our business. In addition, competition for qualified personnel is intense, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area and San Diego. We compete for qualified scientific and information technology personnel with other life science and information technology companies as well as academic institutions and research institutions. Some of our scientific personnel are qualified foreign nationals whose ability to live and work in the United States is contingent upon the continued availability of appropriate visas. Due to the competition for qualified personnel in the San Francisco Bay Area and San Diego, we expect to continue to utilize foreign nationals to fill part of our recruiting needs. As a result, changes to United States immigration policies could restrain the flow of technical and professional talent into the United States and may inhibit our ability to hire qualified personnel.

In August 2023, we announced a reduction in force impacting approximately 12% of our full-time employees. In addition, we are taking measures to reduce our non-personnel expenses. These measures are part of our broader strategic effort to realign our expense base with our revenue growth as we continue to build the market and drive

46


Table of Contents

customer adoption of the Proteograph. The reduction in force and our other restructuring and cost-saving activities may yield unintended consequences and costs and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of these measures. For example, the reduction in workforce could make it difficult for us to pursue, or prevent us from pursuing, new opportunities and initiatives due to insufficient personnel, or require us to incur additional and unanticipated costs to hire new personnel to pursue such opportunities or initiatives. We also may be required to take additional cost-saving measures in the future, including those involving personnel, and we may incur severance and other related costs. If we are unable to realize the anticipated benefits from the reduction in force and our other cost-saving measures, or if we experience significant adverse consequences from these measures, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We do not maintain fixed term employment contracts with any of our employees. As a result, our employees could leave our company with little or no prior notice and could be free to work for a competitor. Due to the complex and technical nature of our products and technology and the dynamic market in which we compete, any failure to attract, train, retain and motivate qualified personnel could materially harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We expect to be dependent upon revenue generated from the sale of the Proteograph Product Suite and related services for the foreseeable future.

We expect that we will generate substantially all of our revenue from the sale of the Proteograph Product Suite and associated consumables and services for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully broadly commercialize the Proteograph solution, design other products that will meet the expectations of our customers or that any of our future products will become commercially viable. As technologies change in the future for life sciences research tools, generally, and in proteomics and genomics technologies, specifically, we will be expected to upgrade or adapt the Proteograph solution to keep up with the latest technology. To date, we have limited experience simultaneously designing, testing, manufacturing and selling products and there can be no assurance we will be able to do so. Our sales expectations are based in part on the assumption that the Proteograph Product Suite will increase study sizes for our future customers and their associated purchases of our consumables. If sales of our instruments fail to materialize, or our assumptions about study sizes or customer purchases of our consumables, so will the related consumable sales and associated revenue.

In our development and commercialization plans for the Proteograph Product Suite, we may forego other opportunities that may provide greater revenue or be more profitable. If our research and product development efforts do not result in commercially viable products or services within anticipated timelines, or at all, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected. Any delay or failure by us to develop and release the Proteograph Product Suite or new products or product enhancements would have a substantial adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our sales have been concentrated in a small number of customers.

We are in the early stages of our commercialization plan and our revenues have been concentrated in a relatively small number of customers, including a related party, PrognomiQ, Inc. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, PrognomiQ, Inc. accounted for 28% and 32% of our revenue, respectively. If one or more customers, including PrognomiQ, Inc., terminate all or any portion of their agreements, delay installations or fail to order the anticipated amount of consumables or services, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See Note 5 - Revenue and Deferred Revenue and Note 11 - Related Party Transactions to our notes to financial statements included in Part I, Item 1, herein for further information regarding our relationship with PrognomiQ, Inc.

47


Table of Contents

Our business depends significantly on research and development spending by academic and other research institutions, and other third parties, including commercial organizations, and any reduction in spending could limit demand for our products and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Substantially all of our sales revenue in the near term will be generated from sales to commercial companies, academic institutions and other research institutions. Certain of these customers’ funding is provided by various state, federal and international government agencies. As a result, the demand for the Proteograph Product Suite and related services depends upon the research and development budgets of these customers, which are impacted by factors beyond our control, such as:

decreases in government funding of research and development;
changes to programs that provide funding to research laboratories and institutions, including changes in the amount of funds allocated to different areas of research or changes that have the effect of increasing the length of the funding process;
changes in strategy and funding by commercial companies in their efforts around therapeutic and diagnostic product development and their adoption and use of the Proteograph Product Suite;
macroeconomic conditions;
opinions in the scientific community, including researchers’ opinions of the utility of the Proteograph solution;
citation of the Proteograph Product Suite in published research;
potential changes in the regulatory environment;
differences in budgetary cycles, especially government- or grant-funded customers, whose cycles often coincide with government fiscal year ends;
competitor product or service offerings or pricing;
market-driven pressures to consolidate operations and reduce costs; and
market acceptance of relatively new technologies, such as the Proteograph Product Suite.

In addition, various state, federal and international agencies that provide grants and other funding may be subject to stringent budgetary constraints that could result in spending reductions, reduced grant making, reduced allocations or budget cutbacks, which could jeopardize the ability of these customers, or the customers to whom they provide funding, to purchase our products. For example, congressional appropriations to the National Institutes of Health (NIH) have generally increased year-over-year, the NIH also experiences occasional year-over-year decreases in appropriations, including as recently as 2013. In addition, funding for life science research has increased more slowly during the past several years compared to previous years and has actually declined in some countries. There is no guarantee that NIH appropriations will not decrease in the future. A decrease in the amount of, or delay in the approval of, appropriations to NIH or other similar United States or international organizations, such as the Medical Research Council in the United Kingdom, could result in fewer grants benefiting life sciences research. These reductions or delays could also result in a decrease in the aggregate amount of grants awarded for life sciences research or the redirection of existing funding to other projects or priorities, any of which in turn could cause our customers and potential customers to reduce or delay purchases of our products. Our operating results may fluctuate

48


Table of Contents

substantially due to any such reductions and delays. Any decrease in our customers’ budgets or expenditures, or in the size, scope or frequency of their capital or operating expenditures, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We rely on single suppliers for some of the components of the Proteograph Product Suite, including a single contract manufacturer to manufacture and supply our instruments. If these suppliers or manufacturers should fail or not perform satisfactorily, our ability to meet demand and supply the Proteograph Product Suite would be adversely affected.

We rely on a single contract manufacturer, Hamilton Company, a manufacturer of precision measurement devices, automated liquid handling workstations, and sample management systems located in Nevada and other locations, to manufacture and supply our instruments. Since our contract with Hamilton does not commit them to carry inventory or make available any particular quantities, Hamilton may give other customers' needs higher priority than ours, we may not be able to obtain adequate supplies in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms, and we may incur price increases from Hamilton Company. Further, if Hamilton is unable to obtain critical components used in the Proteograph solution or supply our instruments on the timelines we require, our business and commercialization efforts would be harmed.

In the event it becomes necessary to utilize one or more different contract manufacturers for automated liquid handling workstations, reagents or other product components associated with the Proteograph Product Suite, we would experience additional costs, delays and difficulties in doing so as a result of identifying and entering into new agreements with new suppliers or manufacturers. In addition, we would have to prepare such new suppliers or manufacturers to meet the logistical requirements associated with supplying and manufacturing the Proteograph Product Suite, and our business would suffer.

In addition, certain components used in our products are sourced from limited or sole suppliers. If we were to lose such suppliers, there can be no assurance that we will be able to identify or enter into agreements with alternative suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable terms, if at all. An interruption in our ability to sell and deliver instruments to customers could occur if we encounter delays or difficulties in securing these components, or if the quality of the components supplied does not meet specifications, or if we cannot then obtain an acceptable substitute. Our suppliers have also been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and we have also experienced supply delays for critical hardware, instrumentation, medical and testing supplies that we use for product development, and certain components of our consumable kits, as these other components and supplies are otherwise diverted to COVID-19-related testing and other uses. If any of these events occur, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be harmed.

We have limited experience producing and supplying our products, and we may be unable to consistently manufacture or source our SP100 automation instruments and consumables to the necessary specifications or in quantities necessary to meet demand on a timely basis and at acceptable performance and cost levels.

The Proteograph Product Suite is an integrated solution with many different components that work together. As such, a quality defect in a single component can compromise the performance of the entire solution. In order to successfully generate revenue from the Proteograph Product Suite, we need to supply our customers with products that meet their expectations for quality and functionality in accordance with established specifications on a timely basis. Our instruments are manufactured by Hamilton Company at their facility using complex processes, sophisticated equipment and strict adherence to specifications and quality systems procedures. Given the complexity of this automation instrumentation, individual units may occasionally require additional installation and service time prior to becoming available for customer use.

49


Table of Contents

We leverage well-established unit operations to formulate and manufacture our NPs at our facilities in Redwood City, California. We procure certain components of our consumables from third-party manufacturers, which includes the commonly available raw materials needed for manufacturing our proprietary engineered NPs. These manufacturing processes are complex. As we increase the commercial scale formulation and manufacturing of our NP panels, if we are not able to repeatably produce our NPs at commercial scale or source them from third-party suppliers, encounter unexpected difficulties in packaging our consumables, fail to comply with regulations relating to laboratory safety, the handling of human samples, the use and transportation of certain hazardous substances or chemicals, including in commercial products, or the collection, reuse, and recycling of waste from products we manufacture, our business will be adversely impacted.

As we continue to scale commercially and develop new products, and as our products incorporate increasingly sophisticated technology, it will be increasingly difficult to ensure our products are produced in the necessary quantities without sacrificing quality. There is no assurance that we or our third-party manufacturer will be able to continue to manufacture our SP100 automation instrument so that it consistently achieves the product specifications and produces results with acceptable quality. Our NPs and other consumables have a limited shelf life, after which their performance is not ensured. Shipment of consumables that effectively expire early or shipment of defective instruments or consumables to customers may result in recalls and warranty replacements, which would increase our costs, and depending upon current inventory levels and the availability and lead time for additional inventory, could lead to availability issues. Any future design issues, unforeseen manufacturing problems, such as contamination of or cyber attacks on our or our manufacturers’ facilities, equipment malfunctions, aging components, quality issues with components and materials sourced from third-party suppliers, or failures to strictly follow procedures or meet specifications, may have a material adverse effect on our brand, business, results of operations and financial condition and could result in us or our third-party manufacturers losing International Organization for Standardization (ISO) quality management certifications. If we or our third-party manufacturers fail to obtain or maintain applicable ISO quality management certifications, customers might choose not to purchase products from us.

In addition, as we commercialize the Proteograph Product Suite, we will also need to make corresponding improvements to other operational functions, such as our customer support, service and billing systems, compliance programs and our internal quality assurance programs. We cannot assure you that any increases in scale, related improvements and quality assurance will be successfully implemented or that appropriate personnel will be available. As we develop additional products, we may need to bring new equipment online, implement new systems, technology, controls and procedures and hire personnel with different qualifications.

An inability to manufacture products and components that consistently meet specifications, in necessary quantities, at commercially acceptable costs and without significant delays, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our products could have defects or errors, which may give rise to claims against us, adversely affect market adoption of the Proteograph Product Suite, damage our reputation, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The Proteograph Product Suite utilizes novel and complex technology, including hardware, consumables and software, and may develop or contain defects, errors or material performance problems. We cannot assure you that material performance problems, defects, or errors will not arise, and as we commercialize the Proteograph, these risks may increase. We provide warranties that our products will meet performance expectations and will be free from material defects. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating margins.

50


Table of Contents

In manufacturing the Proteograph Product Suite, we depend upon third parties for the supply of our instruments and various components, many of which require a significant degree of technical expertise to produce. If our suppliers fail to produce our SP100 automation instrument and components to specification or provide defective products to us and our quality control tests and procedures fail to detect such errors or defects, or if we or our suppliers use defective materials or workmanship in the manufacturing process, the reliability and performance of our products will be compromised.

If the Proteograph Product Suite contains defects, we may experience:

a failure to achieve market acceptance for the Proteograph or expansion of the Proteograph Product Suite sales;
loss of customer orders and delay in order fulfillment;
damage to our brand reputation;
increased warranty and customer service and support costs due to product repair or replacement;
product recalls or replacements;
inability to attract new customers;
diversion of resources from our manufacturing and research and development departments to our service department; and
legal claims against us, including product liability, hazardous material or environmental compliance claims, which could be costly and time consuming to defend and result in substantial damages.

In addition, we expect that the Proteograph Product Suite will be used with our potential customers’ own mass spectrometry (MS) instruments or the MS instrument of a third-party service provider and the performance of these MS instruments is outside of our control. If such third-party products are not produced to specification, are produced in accordance with modified specifications, are defective, or are not used with recommended equipment, they may not be compatible or perform as intended with the Proteograph. In such case, the reliability, results and performance of the Proteograph may be compromised. The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We face potential risks related to the use, handling, storage and transportation of biological samples, hazardous materials and substances or chemicals such as reagents in commercial products; the collection, reuse and recycling of waste from products we manufacture and services we provide; and compliance with environmental health and safety regulations.

At our facilities in Redwood City, including our Biohazards Safety Level 2 laboratory, we leverage unit operations to formulate and manufacture our NPs, assemble our consumables, conduct assays and perform mass spectrometer analyses. As we increase the commercial scale, formulation and manufacture of our products using, handling, storing and transporting biological samples, hazardous materials and substances or chemicals such as reagents, or if we are unable to repeatably produce our products or perform our services, in compliance with applicable health and safety, and environmental laws, rules and regulations, our operations, including our sales, could be negatively affected. In addition, if we encounter issues in packaging and labelling our consumables, complying with regulations relating to laboratory safety, safety data sheets, handling human samples such as inactive COVID-19 samples, using certain hazardous substances or chemicals such as reagents in commercial products, collecting, reusing and recycling of

51


Table of Contents

waste from products we manufacture, or complying with environmental health and safety regulations, our business could be adversely impacted.

If we do not successfully deploy and implement enhancements of the Instrument Control Software and Proteograph Analysis Suite, our commercialization efforts and, therefore, business and results of operations could suffer.

The success of the Proteograph Product Suite depends, in part, on our ability to design and deploy our Instrument Control Software and Proteograph Analysis Suite in a manner that enables the integration with our potential customers’ systems and accommodates our customers’ needs. Without the Instrument Control Software, the Proteograph may become inoperable. Without the Proteograph Analysis Suite software, quality control of the workflow and data analysis is less accessible and robust, and it may be difficult for our customers to understand and evaluate the quality of their results.

We have and will continue to spend significant amounts of effort continuing to develop our software to meet our customers’ and potential customers’ evolving needs. There is no assurance that the development or deployment of our software will be compelling to our customers or function correctly. In addition, we may experience delays in our release dates of our software, and there can be no assurance that our software will be released according to schedule. If our software development and deployment plan, which may include participation from third party vendors and licensors, does not accurately anticipate customer demands, or if we fail to develop our software in a manner that satisfies customer preferences in a timely and cost-effective manner, the Proteograph Product Suite may fail to gain market acceptance or function correctly. The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

As we commercialize the Proteograph Product Suite outside of the United States, our international business could expose us to business, regulatory, legal, political, operational, financial, and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

Engaging in international business inherently involves a number of difficulties and risks, including:

required compliance with existing and changing foreign regulatory requirements and laws that are or may be applicable to our business in the future, such as the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and other data privacy requirements, labor and employment regulations, anti-competition regulations, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 and other anti-corruption laws, regulations relating to the use of certain hazardous substances or chemicals in commercial products, and to the collection, reuse, and recycling of waste from products we manufacture;
required compliance with U.S. laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and other U.S. federal laws and regulations, including with respect to not doing business with sanctioned parties, as prohibited by the office of Foreign Asset Control;
export requirements and import or trade restrictions, including, without limitation, trade retaliation laws;
laws and business practices favoring local companies;
risks associated with transactions or payments denominated in foreign currency, longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;
changes in social, economic, political and climate conditions or in laws, regulations and policies governing foreign trade, manufacturing, research and development, investment, and climate control both domestically

52


Table of Contents

as well as in the other countries and jurisdictions in which we operate and into which we may sell our products, including as a result of the separation of the United Kingdom from the European Union (Brexit);
potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, customs charges, bureaucratic requirements, and other trade barriers;
difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations; and
difficulties protecting, maintaining, enforcing or procuring intellectual property rights.

The collection and transfer of personal data and human samples is subject to increasing regulatory authority around the world. For example, Europe and China have adopted or are in the process of adopting data protections laws, regulations, and practice standards covering personal data, medical samples and data, and their potential transfer across national borders. In some cases, consent from individuals and the opportunity for revocation of consent, handling by local entities, and approvals from regulatory bodies may be required, and enforcement may include suspension of the ability to conduct business in the regulated jurisdiction along with civil fines and criminal penalties. This could increase our compliance costs and subject us to significant risks of doing business in these jurisdictions, and any failure to comply with these laws, rules, and regulations could materially and adversely affect our revenue and business operations.

In particular, there is currently significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and various other countries, most significantly China, with respect to trade policies, treaties, tariffs, taxes, and other limitations on cross-border operations. The U.S. government has made and continues to make significant additional changes in U.S. trade policy and may continue to take future actions that could negatively impact U.S. trade. For example, legislation has been introduced in Congress to limit certain U.S. biotechnology companies from using equipment or services produced or provided by select Chinese biotechnology companies, and others in Congress have advocated for the use of existing executive branch authorities to limit those Chinese service providers’ ability to engage in business in the U.S. We cannot predict what actions may ultimately be taken with respect to trade relations between the United States and China or other countries, what products and services may be subject to such actions or what actions may be taken by the other countries in retaliation. If we are unable to obtain or use services from existing service providers or become unable to export or sell our products to any of our customers or service providers, our business, liquidity, financial condition, and/or results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

If one or more of these risks occurs, it could require us to dedicate significant resources to remedy such occurrence, and if we are unsuccessful in finding a solution, our financial results will suffer.

A portion of our international sales is and will be conducted through third-party distributors, and we will not control their efforts to sell our products. If our relationships with these third-party distributors cannot be established or deteriorate, or if these third-party distributors fail to sell our products, or engage in activities that harm our reputation, our results of operation and business may be negatively affected.

Our current commercial model includes direct sales in the United States and elsewhere, and we have built and are building relationships with third party distributors and channel partners in various countries, to enable us to enter additional markets more efficiently. If we are unable to enter or maintain such distribution arrangements on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our products in certain countries.

Furthermore, distributors can choose the level of effort that they apply to selling our products relative to others in their portfolio. Our distributors may not commit the necessary resources to market our products or may favor the products of other companies. The selection, training, and compensation of distributors’ sales personnel are within their control rather than our own and may vary significantly in quality from distributor to distributor. They may experience their

53


Table of Contents

own financial difficulties, or distribution relationships may be terminated or allowed to expire, which could increase the cost of or impede commercialization of our products in applicable countries. Disputes may also arise between us and our distributors that result in the delay or termination of commercialization or that result in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management’s attention and resources. Distributors may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our intellectual property, and our confidential or proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property rights, and confidential or proprietary information, and expose us to potential litigation. Distributors could move forward with competing products developed either independently or in collaboration with others, including our competitors.

In addition, although we intend to require contract terms obligating our distributors to comply with all applicable laws regarding the sale of our products, including regulatory labelling, protection of personal data, U.S. export regulations and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), we may not be able to ensure proper compliance. If our distributors fail to effectively market and sell our products in full compliance with applicable laws and regulations, our results of operations and business may suffer.

The life sciences technology market is highly competitive. If we fail to compete effectively, our business and results of operation will suffer.

We face significant competition in the life sciences technology market. We currently compete with life sciences technology and the diagnostic companies that are supplying components, products and services that serve customers engaged in proteomics analysis. These companies include Agilent Technologies, Bruker Corporation, Danaher, DiaSorin, and Thermo Fisher Scientific. We also compete with a number of companies that have developed, or are developing, proteomic products and solutions, such as Nautilus Biotechnology, Olink Proteomics, Quanterix, Quantum-Si and Standard BioTools.

Some of our current competitors are large publicly-traded companies, or are divisions of large publicly-traded companies, and may enjoy a number of competitive advantages over us, including:

greater name and brand recognition;
greater financial and human resources;
broader product lines;
larger sales forces and more established distributor networks;
substantial intellectual property portfolios;
larger and more established customer bases and relationships; and
better established, larger scale and lower cost manufacturing capabilities.

We also face competition from researchers developing their own products. The area in which we compete involves rapid innovation and some of our customers have in the past, and more may in the future, elect to create their own assays rather than rely on a third-party supplier such as ourselves. This is particularly true for the largest research centers and laboratories who are continually testing and trying new technologies, whether from a third-party vendor or developed internally. We will also compete for the resources our customers allocate for purchasing a wide range of products used to analyze the proteome, some of which may be additive to or complementary with our own but not directly competitive.

54


Table of Contents

We cannot assure that our products will compete favorably or that we will be successful in the face of increasing competition from products and technologies introduced by our existing or future competitors, companies entering our markets or developed by our customers internally. In addition, we cannot assure that our competitors do not have or will not develop products or technologies that currently or in the future will enable them to produce competitive products with greater capabilities or at lower costs than ours or that are able to run comparable experiments at a lower total experiment cost. Any failure to compete effectively could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may need to raise additional capital to fund commercialization plans for the Proteograph Product Suite, including manufacturing, sales and marketing activities, expand our investments in research, and develop and commercialize new products and applications.

Based on our current plans, we believe that our current cash, cash equivalents and investments will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash flow requirements for at least twelve months from the date of this Annual Report. If our available cash resources and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements including because of lower demand for our products or the realization of other risks described in this Annual Report, we may be required to raise additional capital prior to such time through issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, entrance into a credit facility or another form of third-party funding or seek other debt financing.

We will consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities or for other reasons, including:

increasing our sales and marketing and other commercialization efforts to drive market adoption of the Proteograph Product Suite;
funding development and marketing efforts of the Proteograph Product Suite or any other future products;
expanding our technologies into additional markets;
acquiring, licensing or investing in technologies and other intellectual property rights;
acquiring or investing in complementary businesses or assets; and
financing capital expenditures and general and administrative expenses.

Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

our rate of progress in commercializing the Proteograph Product Suite and new products, and the cost of the sales and marketing activities associated with establishing adoption of our products;
our rate of progress in, and cost of research and development activities associated with, products in research and development; and
the effect of competing technological and market developments.

The various ways we could raise additional capital carry potential risks. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. If we raise funds by issuing debt securities, those debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our Class A common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings pursuant to a credit agreement could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we borrow funds from or deposit funds in banks or other financial institutions, we might encounter increasingly restrictive requirements and be subject to their solvency risk. If we raise funds through collaborations or licensing

55


Table of Contents

arrangements, we might be required to relinquish significant rights to our technologies or products or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, if we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges, or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may acquire other companies, or their assets or technologies, enter into joint ventures, or make other strategic investments in companies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

We may in the future seek to acquire businesses, applications or technologies that we believe could complement or expand the Proteograph Product Suite or future products or services, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. We may not be able to identify desirable acquisition targets or be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target or obtain the expected benefits of any acquisition or investment.

To date, the growth of our operations has been organic, and we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses or technologies. We may not be able to successfully integrate acquired personnel, operations and technologies, or effectively manage the combined business following an acquisition. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the use of our available cash, or the incurrence of debt, which could harm our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer.

We also may make investments in early-stage companies that we believe are advancing or developing new technologies applicable to our businesses. These investments are generally illiquid at the time of investment. We have and expect to continue to recognize gains or losses attributable to adjustments of the investments’ fair value, including impairments up to and including the full value of the investment, which events are generally outside of our control such as the success or failure of the company and market volatility. In some cases, we may also enter into separate commercial arrangements with these companies, whether before, concurrently with, or after making an investment. In certain cases, the commercial arrangement may be a driving factor behind our investment. We cannot assure you that the commercial arrangement will further our business strategy as we expected. We may not realize all the economic benefits expected from the commercial agreement or realize the expected return on our investments.

We may not realize the benefits of PrognomiQ as a separate healthcare company in the area of disease testing.

In August 2020, we transferred certain assets to PrognomiQ, as a separate healthcare company to help enable the growth of ecosystems around new applications that leverage the Proteograph solution for unbiased, deep and large-scale proteomic information. As of December 31, 2023, we held approximately 15% of the outstanding capital stock of PrognomiQ. We may not realize the potential benefits of forming PrognomiQ for a variety of reasons, including:

PrognomiQ may be unable to successfully develop viable testing products;
PrognomiQ’s business may not help demonstrate the value of the Proteograph;
an inability to reach agreement with PrognomiQ on future commercial arrangements;

56


Table of Contents

although PrognomiQ accounted for 28% of our revenue during the year ended December 31, 2023, it may not continue to be a meaningful customer of ours;
PrognomiQ may need to raise additional funding in the future and be unable to do so; and
the formation of PrognomiQ and our continuing equity position in PrognomiQ may add complexities to our business from a finance, tax and accounting perspective.

Further, PrognomiQ is a separate entity, and as such, may decide over time to pursue a different business model, decide to do business with our competitors in addition to or instead of with us, be acquired by a competitor or take other actions that may not be beneficial to us.

Risks Related to Financial Reporting

We are required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to achieve and maintain effective internal controls, our operating results and financial condition could be harmed and the market price of our Class A common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company with SEC reporting obligations, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX), which requires annual assessments by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Because we re-qualified as a smaller reporting company, as of December 31, 2023, we are a non-accelerated filer and are no longer required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until we become an accelerated filer or large accelerated filer.

During our assessments, we may identify deficiencies that we are unable to remediate in a timely manner. Testing and maintaining our internal control over financial reporting may also divert management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404(a) of SOX. If we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, the cost and scope of remediation actions and their effect on our operations may be significant. Moreover, any material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting may impede our ability to file timely and accurate reports with the SEC, and there could be a failure to meet exchange listing requirements. Any of the above could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information or our Class A common stock listing on Nasdaq to be suspended or terminated, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, or otherwise fail to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we may not be able to accurately and timely report our financial results, which may adversely affect our business and investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our Class A common stock.

If we are unable to successfully maintain internal control over financial reporting, or identify any material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, adversely impact our stock price, cause us to incur increased costs to remediate any deficiencies, and attract regulatory scrutiny or lawsuits that could be costly to resolve and distract management’s attention, limit our ability to access the capital markets or cause our stock to be delisted from The Nasdaq Global Select Market or any other securities exchange on which it is then listed. Failure to remedy any

57


Table of Contents

material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner or prevent fraud, which would harm our business.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations in a timely manner, or at all. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404(a) of SOX or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with Section 404(b) of SOX, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be significant deficiencies or material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. We are also required to disclose material changes made in our internal controls over financing reporting and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management is required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. Remediation of previous material weaknesses may not be effective or prevent any future deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock.

To achieve compliance with Section 404(a) within the prescribed period, we have engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a plan to assess and document the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are designed and operating effectively and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting.

An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not identify. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

Changes in, or evolving interpretations of, financial accounting rules, regulations, standards or practices could result in unfavorable accounting changes, require us to, for example, change our compensation policies or restate our financial statements, or cause adverse, unexpected fluctuations in our operating results, resulting in a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and estimates and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. However, we have a limited operating history. For example, in connection with the implementation of the new revenue accounting standard for product sales, management makes judgments and assumptions based on our interpretation of the new standard. The new revenue standard is principle-based and interpretation of those principles may vary from company to company based on their unique circumstances. It is possible that interpretation, industry practice and guidance may evolve as we apply the new standard. If our assumptions underlying our estimates and judgments relating to our critical accounting policies change or if actual circumstances differ from our assumptions, estimates or judgments, or if accounting rules, regulations, standards or practices change, our compensation practices may need to change or our financial statements may need to be restated, and our operating results may be adversely

58


Table of Contents

affected and could fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock.

Risks Related to Regulatory Compliance

If we elect to label and promote any of our products as clinical diagnostics tests or medical devices, we would be required to obtain prior approval or clearance by the FDA, which would take significant time and expense and could fail to result in FDA clearance or approval for the intended uses we believe are commercially attractive.

Our products are currently labeled and promoted, and are, and in the near-future will be, sold as research use only (RUO) products, primarily to academic and research institutions and research companies, and are not currently designed, or intended to be used, for diagnostic procedures, clinical diagnostic tests or as medical devices. If we elect to label and market our products for use as, or in the performance of, clinical diagnostics in the United States, thereby subjecting them to U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) regulation as medical devices, we would be required to obtain premarket 510(k) clearance or premarket approval from the FDA, unless an exception applies.

We may in the future register with the FDA as a medical device manufacturer and list some of our products with the FDA pursuant to an FDA Class I listing for general purpose laboratory equipment. While this regulatory classification is exempt from certain FDA requirements, such as the need to submit a premarket notification commonly known as a 510(k), and some of the requirements of the FDA’s Quality System Regulations (QSRs), we would be subject to ongoing FDA “general controls,” which include compliance with FDA regulations for labeling, inspections by the FDA, complaint evaluation, corrections and removals reporting, promotional restrictions, reporting adverse events or malfunctions for our products, and general prohibitions against misbranding and adulteration. The FDA issued a final rule in February 2024 replacing the QSR with Quality Management System Regulation (QMSR), which incorporates by reference the quality management system requirements of ISO 13485:2016. The FDA has stated that the standards contained in ISO 13485:2016 are substantially similar to those set forth in the existing QSR. FDA will begin to enforce the QMSR requirements upon the effective date, February 2, 2026.

In January 2024, FDA announced its plans to reclassify certain high-risk in vitro diagnostics, including companion diagnostics, as Class II devices. In addition, we may in the future submit 510(k) premarket notifications to the FDA to obtain FDA clearance of certain of our products on a selective basis. It is possible, in the event we elect to submit 510(k) applications for certain of our products, that the FDA would take the position that a more burdensome premarket application, such as a premarket approval application (PMA) or a de novo application is required for some of our products. If such applications were required, greater time and investment would be required to obtain FDA approval. Even if the FDA agreed that a 510(k) was appropriate, FDA clearance can be expensive and time consuming. It generally takes a significant amount of time to prepare a 510(k), including conducting appropriate testing on our products, and several months to years for the FDA to review a submission. Notwithstanding the effort and expense, FDA clearance or approval could be denied for some or all of our products for which we choose to market as a medical device or a clinical diagnostic device. Even if we were to seek and obtain regulatory approval or clearance, it may not be for the intended uses we request or that we believe are important or commercially attractive. There can be no assurance that future products for which we may seek premarket clearance or approval will be approved or cleared by FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority on a timely basis, if at all, nor can there be assurance that labeling claims will be consistent with our anticipated claims or adequate to support continued adoption of such products. Compliance with FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority regulations will require substantial costs, and subject us to heightened scrutiny by regulators and substantial penalties for failure to comply with such requirements or the inability to market our products. The lengthy and unpredictable premarket clearance or approval process, as well as the unpredictability of the results of any required clinical studies, may result in our failing

59


Table of Contents

to obtain regulatory clearance or approval to market such products, which would significantly harm our business, results of operations, reputation, and prospects.

If we sought and received regulatory clearance or approval for certain of our products, we would be subject to ongoing FDA obligations and continued regulatory oversight and review, including the general controls listed above and the FDA’s QSRs for our development and manufacturing operations. In addition, we would be required to obtain a new 510(k) clearance before we could introduce subsequent modifications or improvements to such products. We could also be subject to additional FDA post-marketing obligations for such products, any or all of which would increase our costs and divert resources away from other projects. If we sought and received regulatory clearance or approval and are not able to maintain regulatory compliance with applicable laws, we could be prohibited from marketing our products for use as, or in the performance of, clinical diagnostics and/or could be subject to enforcement actions, including warning letters and adverse publicity, fines, injunctions, and civil penalties; recall or seizure of products; operating restrictions; and criminal prosecution.

In addition, we could decide to seek regulatory clearance or approval for certain of our products in countries outside of the United States. Sales of such products outside the United States will likely be subject to foreign regulatory requirements, which can vary greatly from country to country. As a result, the time required to obtain clearances or approvals outside the United States may differ from that required to obtain FDA clearance or approval and we may not be able to obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis or at all. In Europe, we would need to comply with the new Medical Device Regulation 2017/745 and In Vitro Diagnostic Regulation 2017/746, which became effective on May 26, 2021 (postponed from 2020) and May 26, 2022 respectively. In 2023, the European Parliament voted to extend the transition timelines for MDR and IVDR. These regulations increase the clinical requirements and will increase the difficulty of regulatory approvals in Europe. In addition, the FDA regulates exports of medical devices. Failure to comply with these regulatory requirements or obtain and maintain required approvals, clearances and certifications could impair our ability to commercialize our products for diagnostic use outside of the United States.

Our products could become subject to government regulation as medical devices by the FDA and other regulatory agencies even if we do not elect to seek regulatory clearance or approval to market our products for diagnostic purposes, which would adversely impact our ability to market and sell our products and harm our business. If our products become subject to FDA regulation, the regulatory clearance or approval and the maintenance of continued and post-market regulatory compliance for such products will be expensive, time-consuming, and uncertain both in timing and in outcome.

We do not currently expect the Proteograph Product Suite to be subject to the clearance or approval of the FDA, as it is not intended to be used for the diagnosis, treatment or prevention of disease. However, as we expand our product line and the applications and uses of our current or products into new fields, certain of our future products could become subject to regulation by the FDA, or comparable international agencies, including requirements for regulatory clearance or approval of such products before they can be marketed. Also, even as our products are labeled, promoted, and intended as RUO, the FDA or comparable agencies of other countries could disagree with our conclusion that our products are intended for research use only or deem our sales, marketing and promotional efforts as being inconsistent with RUO products. For example, our customers may independently elect to use our RUO labeled products in their own laboratory developed tests (LDTs) for clinical diagnostic use, which could subject our products to government regulation, and the regulatory clearance or approval and maintenance process for such products may be uncertain, expensive, and time-consuming. Regulatory requirements related to marketing, selling, and distribution of RUO products could change or be uncertain, even if clinical uses of our RUO products by our customers were done without our consent. If the FDA or other regulatory authorities assert that any of our RUO products are subject to regulatory clearance or approval, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be adversely affected.

60


Table of Contents

As manufacturers develop more complex diagnostic tests and diagnostic software, the FDA may increase its regulation of LDTs. Legislative and administrative proposals to amend the FDA's oversight of LDTs have been introduced in recent years, including the Verifying Accurate Leading-edge IVCT Development Act of 2021 (VALID Act). In September 2022, Congress passed the FDA user fee reauthorization legislation without substantive FDA policy riders, including the VALID Act, but Congress may revisit the policy riders and enact other FDA programmatic reforms in the future. In October 2023, the FDA published a proposed rule that proposes to phase out its enforcement discretion for most laboratory-developed tests (LDTs) and to amend the FDA’s regulations to make explicit that in vitro diagnostics are medical devices under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, including when the manufacturer of the diagnostic product is a laboratory. Any future legislative or administrative rule making or oversight of LDTs, if and when finalized, may impact the sales of our products and how customers use our products, and may require us to change our business model in order to maintain compliance with these laws. We cannot predict how these various efforts will be resolved, how Congress or the FDA will regulate LDTs in the future, or how that regulatory system will impact our business. Changes to the current regulatory framework, including the imposition of additional or new regulations, including regulation of our products, could arise at any time during the development or marketing of our products, which may negatively affect our ability to obtain or maintain FDA or comparable regulatory approval of our products, if required. Further, sales of devices for diagnostic purposes may subject us to additional healthcare regulation and enforcement by the applicable government agencies. Such laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback or anti-referral laws, healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws, privacy and security laws, Physician Payments Sunshine Act and related transparency and manufacturer reporting laws, and other laws and regulations applicable to medical device manufacturers.

Additionally, on November 25, 2013, the FDA issued Final Guidance “Distribution of In Vitro Diagnostic Products Labeled for Research Use Only.” The guidance emphasizes that the FDA will review the totality of the circumstances when it comes to evaluating whether equipment and testing components are properly labeled as RUO. The final guidance states that merely including a labeling statement that the product is for research purposes only will not necessarily render the device exempt from the FDA’s clearance, approval, and other regulatory requirements if the circumstances surrounding the distribution, marketing and promotional practices indicate that the manufacturer knows its products are, or intends for its products to be, used for clinical diagnostic purposes. These circumstances may include written or verbal sales and marketing claims or links to articles regarding a product’s performance in clinical applications and a manufacturer’s provision of technical support for clinical applications.

It is unclear how future legislation by federal and state governments and FDA regulation will impact the industry, including our business and that of our customers. In the future, to the extent we or our partners develop any medical devices subject to FDA regulation, failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the government, which may include warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, among others.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce sufficient intellectual property protection for our products, services and technology, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our products may be impaired.

We rely on patent protection as well as trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights protection and contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary products, services and technologies, all of which provide limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. If we fail to obtain, maintain, enforce and protect our intellectual property, third parties may be able to

61


Table of Contents

compete more effectively against us. In addition, we may incur substantial litigation costs in our attempts to recover or restrict use of our intellectual property.

To the extent our intellectual property offers inadequate protection, or is found to be invalid or unenforceable, we would be exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. If our intellectual property does not provide adequate coverage of our competitors’ products or services, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent and other intellectual property disputes can be time-consuming, expensive and unpredictable.

Our success depends in large part on our and our licensor’s ability to obtain and maintain protection of the intellectual property we may own solely and jointly with, or license from, third parties, particularly patents, in the United States and other countries with respect to our products and technologies. We apply for patents covering our products and technologies and uses thereof, as we deem appropriate. However, obtaining and enforcing patents is costly, time-consuming and complex, and we may fail to apply for patents on important products, services and technologies in a timely fashion or at all, or we may fail to apply for patents in potentially relevant jurisdictions. We may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications, or maintain, enforce and license any patents that may issue from such patent applications, at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner or in all jurisdictions. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, we may not develop additional proprietary products, services and technologies that are patentable. We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the rights to patents licensed from or to third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced by such third parties in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

In addition, the patent position of life sciences technology companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions, and has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other countries or regions may diminish the value of our intellectual property. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability, and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. It is possible that none of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents in a timely fashion or at all, and even if patents are granted, they may not provide a basis for intellectual property protection of commercially viable products or services, may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be challenged, narrowed and invalidated by third parties. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents. It is possible that third parties will design around our current or future patents such that we cannot prevent such third parties from using similar technologies and commercializing similar products or services to compete with us. Some of our owned or licensed patents or patent applications may be challenged at a future point in time and we may not be successful in defending any such challenges made against our patents or patent applications. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents could result in the narrowing, unenforceability or invalidity of such patents and increased competition to our business. The outcome of patent litigation or other proceeding can be uncertain, and any attempt by us to enforce our patent rights against others or to challenge the patent rights of others may not be successful, or, regardless of success, may take substantial time and result in substantial cost, and may divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Any of the foregoing events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

62


Table of Contents

The U.S. law relating to the patentability of certain inventions in the life sciences technology industry is uncertain and rapidly changing, which may adversely impact our existing patents or our ability to obtain patents in the future.

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States or in other jurisdictions could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. For instance, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application is entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. These changes include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) during patent prosecution and additional procedures to challenge the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. The America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and future patent applications, and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Various courts, including the U.S. Supreme Court, have rendered decisions that impact the scope of patentability of certain inventions or discoveries relating to the life sciences technology. Specifically, these decisions stand for the proposition that patent claims that recite laws of nature or abstract ideas are not themselves patentable unless those patent claims have sufficient additional features that provide practical assurance that the processes are genuine inventive applications of those laws rather than patent drafting efforts designed to monopolize the law of nature itself. What constitutes a “sufficient” additional feature is uncertain. Furthermore, in view of these decisions, since December 2014, the USPTO has published and continues to publish revised guidelines for patent examiners to apply when examining process claims for patent eligibility.

In addition, U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that may have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain new patents and to defend and enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

We cannot assure you that our patent portfolio will not be negatively impacted by the current uncertain state of the law, new court rulings or changes in guidance or procedures issued by the USPTO or other similar patent offices around the world. From time to time, the U.S. Supreme Court, other federal courts, the U.S. Congress or the USPTO may change the standards of patentability, scope and validity of patents within the life sciences technology and any such changes, or any similar adverse changes in the patent laws of other jurisdictions, could have a material and negative impact on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our technology, services and products, including the Proteograph Product Suite, in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States.

The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and we and our licensor may encounter difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in foreign

63


Table of Contents

jurisdictions. Obtaining granted patents in foreign jurisdictions is time-consuming and expensive, the outcome is unpredictable, and some countries are unable to prosecute and grant patents in a timely manner. Consequently, we and our licensor(s) may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in some or all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our or our licensor’s inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. It is unknown whether we will be successful in obtaining patents with sufficient claim scope in certain jurisdictions to block third parties, in a cost effective or in a timely manner, and if we are unable to do so it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects in various geographies.

Moreover, European applications now have the option, upon grant of a patent, of becoming a Unitary Patent which will be subject to the jurisdiction of the Unitary Patent Court (UPC). This is a significant change in European patent practice. As the UPC is a new court system, there is no precedent for the court, increasing the uncertainty of any patent litigation in Europe.

Competitors and other third parties may also use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products, services and technologies and may also export infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products. Our and our licensor’s patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. In addition, certain countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to other parties. Furthermore, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against other parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of any patents.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of many other countries do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the misappropriation or other violations of our intellectual property rights including infringement of our patents in such countries. The legal systems in certain countries may also favor state-sponsored or companies headquartered in particular jurisdictions over our first-in-time patents and other intellectual property protection. Geopolitical actions worldwide could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution or maintenance of our patent applications or those of any current or future licensors and the maintenance, enforcement or defense of our issued patents or those of any current or future licensors. The absence of harmonized intellectual property protection laws and effective enforcement makes it difficult to ensure consistent respect for patent, trade secret, and other intellectual property rights on a worldwide basis. As a result, it is possible that we will not be able to enforce our rights against third parties that misappropriate our proprietary technology in those countries.

Proceedings to enforce our or our licensor’s patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our and our licensor’s patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our and our licensor’s patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We and our licensors may not prevail in any lawsuits that we or our licensor initiate, or that are initiated against us or our licensor, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our products, services and other technologies and the enforcement of intellectual property. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license. Any of the foregoing events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

64


Table of Contents

Issued patents covering our products or services could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged.

Our owned and licensed patents and patent applications may be subject to validity, enforceability and priority disputes. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability. Some of our patents or patent applications (including licensed patents and patent applications) have been, and may be challenged at a future point in time in third-party observations, opposition, revocation, nullification, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference or other similar proceedings. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents in this or any other proceeding could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents, which may lead to increased competition to our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, if we or our licensor initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our products or services, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent covering our products or services, as applicable, is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. There are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, lack of written description or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the relevant patent office, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include ex parte re-examination, inter partes review, post-grant review, derivation and equivalent proceedings in non-U.S. jurisdictions, such as opposition proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation of or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover and protect our products, or exclude our competitor’s products. With respect to the validity of our patents, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art of which we, our licensor, our or its patent counsel and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability during patent litigation is unpredictable. If a defendant or other third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on certain aspects of our products, services and technologies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license intellectual property, or develop or commercialize current or future products.

We may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our products or services. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until approximately 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not until such patent applications issue as patents. We might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and we might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions. To determine the priority of these inventions, we may have to participate in interference proceedings, derivation proceedings or other post-grant proceedings declared by the USPTO, or other similar proceedings in non-U.S. jurisdictions, that could result in substantial cost to us and the loss of valuable patent protection. The outcome of such proceedings is uncertain. No assurance can be given that other patent applications will not have priority over our patent applications. In addition, changes to the patent laws of the United States allow for various post-grant opposition proceedings that have not been extensively tested, and their outcome is therefore uncertain. Furthermore, if third parties bring these proceedings against our patents, regardless of the merit of such proceedings and regardless of whether we are successful, we could experience significant costs and our management may be distracted. Any of the foregoing events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

65


Table of Contents

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business could be harmed.

We may rely heavily on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary and confidential information, including parts of the Proteograph Product Suite and related services, and to maintain our competitive position. However, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. In particular, we anticipate that with respect to our technologies, these trade secrets and know how will over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles describing the methodology, and the movement of personnel between academia and industry.

In addition to pursuing patents on our technology, we take steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology by entering into agreements, including confidentiality agreements, non-disclosure agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements, with our employees, consultants, academic institutions, corporate partners and, when needed, our advisers. However, we cannot be certain that such agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties, and we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors or other third parties will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. For example, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements, and we may not be able to prevent such unauthorized disclosure, which could have a material and adverse impact on our ability to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in the market and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. If we were to enforce a claim that a third party had wrongfully obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time-consuming, it could distract our personnel, and the outcome would be unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets.

We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our confidential proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems, but it is possible that these security measures could be breached. If any of our confidential proprietary information were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, absent patent protection, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. Competitors or third parties could obtain our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, design around our protected technology, develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside the scope of our intellectual property rights or independently develop our technologies without reference to our trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently discovered by a competitor or other third party, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.

We or our licensor have been, and may be, subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, on December 28, 2023, Giulio Caracciolo (Caracciolo) and Dipartimento di Medicina Molecolare Sapienza Universita di Roma filed a lawsuit against us, BWH, and other inventors in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California (Case No. 4:23-cv-06643). The complaint alleges, among other things, that Caracciolo was wrongfully excluded as an inventor on certain patents that we have exclusively licensed

66


Table of Contents

from BWH. The outcome of any claims or litigation, regardless of the merits, is inherently uncertain. Moreover, we or our licensor may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our products. In addition, counterparties to our consulting, sponsored research, software development and other agreements may assert that they have an ownership interest in intellectual property developed under such arrangements. In particular, certain software development agreements pursuant to which certain third parties have developed parts of our proprietary software may not include provisions that expressly assign to us ownership of all intellectual property developed for us by such third parties. Furthermore, certain of our sponsored research agreements pursuant to which we provide certain research services for third parties do not assign to us all intellectual property developed under such agreements. As such, we may not have the right to use all such developed intellectual property under such agreements, we may be required to obtain licenses from third parties and such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or may be non-exclusive. If we are unable to obtain such licenses and such licenses are necessary for the development, manufacture and commercialization of our products and technologies, we may need to cease the development, manufacture and commercialization of our products and technologies.

Litigation has been, and may be, necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship of our or our licensor’s ownership of our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property. If we or our licensor fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property that is important to our technologies and products, including the Proteograph Product Suite, including our software, workflows, consumables, reagent kits, and related services. In such an event, we may be required to obtain licenses from third parties and such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or may be non-exclusive. If we are unable to obtain and maintain such licenses, we may need to cease the development, manufacture and commercialization of our products, services and technologies. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees, and certain customers or partners may defer engaging with us until the particular dispute is resolved. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to protect and enforce our trademarks and trade names, or build name recognition in our markets of interest thereby harming our competitive position.

The registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we own may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition. In addition, third parties have filed, and may in the future file, for registration of trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks, thereby impacting our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims, or other challenges to our trademarks, brought by owners of trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Further, from time to time, we enter into agreements with owners of such third party trade names or trademarks to avoid potential trademark litigation which may impact our ability to use our trade names or trademarks in certain fields of business. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may suffer a competitive disadvantage, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and

67


Table of Contents

diversion of resources. Any of the foregoing events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products, services and technologies, including the Proteograph Product Suite for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. While extensions may be available, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. In the United States, a patent’s term may, in certain cases, be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the USPTO in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over a commonly owned patent or a patent naming a common inventor and having an earlier expiration date. Even if patents covering our products or services are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products. If one of our products requires extended development, testing and/or regulatory review, patents protecting such products might expire before or shortly after such products are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may become involved in lawsuits to defend against third-party claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property or to protect or enforce our intellectual property, any of which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful, and may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability and the ability of future collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product and use our products and technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the life sciences technology sector, as well as administrative proceedings for challenging patents, including interference, derivation, inter partes review, post grant review, and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO, or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. We may be exposed to, or threatened with, future litigation by third parties having patent or other intellectual property rights alleging that our products, services, manufacturing methods, software and/or technologies infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights. Numerous issued patents and pending patent applications that are owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing our products and technologies. It is not always clear to industry participants, including us, the claim scope that may issue from pending patent applications owned by third parties or which patents cover various types of products, services, technologies or their methods of use or manufacture. Thus, because of the large number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our fields, there may be a risk that third parties, including our competitors, may allege they have patent rights encompassing our products, technologies or methods and that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization.

If third parties, including our competitors, believe that our products or technologies infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property, such third parties may seek to enforce their intellectual property, including patents, by filing an intellectual property-related lawsuit, including patent infringement lawsuit, against us. Even if we believe the third-party intellectual property claims are without merit, there is no assurance that a court would find in our favor on questions of infringement, validity, enforceability, or priority. For example, we are aware of a U.S. issued patent owned by a third party that is directed to a method for diagnosing a biological condition by analyzing certain types of proteins, including through the use of nanoparticles. Such patent is expected to expire in 2026, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustments or extensions. We are also aware of an issued

68


Table of Contents

patent and pending patent application in Europe owned by a third party directed to a method of identifying biomarkers in biofluids using nanoparticles, which is projected to expire in 2037 without taking into account any possible patent term extensions. Such patents and patent application could be construed or claim scope obtained to cover certain aspects of our current or future products, services or technologies, including the Proteograph Product Suite. If any of these third parties, or any other third parties, were to assert these or any other patents against us and we are unable to successfully defend against any such assertion, we may be required, including by court order, to cease the development and commercialization of the infringing products, services or technologies and we may be required to redesign such products, services or technologies so they do not infringe such patents, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time. We could also be required to pay damages, which could be significant, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed such patents. We could also be required to obtain a license to such patents in order to continue the development and commercialization of the infringing product or technology, however such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, including because certain of these patents are held by or may be licensed to our competitors. Even if such license were available, it may require substantial payments or cross-licenses under our intellectual property rights, and it may only be available on a nonexclusive basis, in which case third parties, including our competitors, could use the same licensed intellectual property to compete with us. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation or prospects.

We may choose to challenge, including in connection with any allegation of patent infringement by a third party, the patentability, validity or enforceability of any third-party patent that we believe may have applicability in our field, and any other third-party patent that may be asserted against us. Such challenges may be brought either in court or by requesting that the USPTO, European Patent Office (EPO), or other foreign patent offices review the patent claims, such as in an ex-parte reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review proceeding, opposition or other comparable proceeding. However, there can be no assurance that any such challenge by us or any third party will be successful. Even if such proceedings are successful, these proceedings are expensive and may consume our time or other resources, distract our management and technical personnel, and the costs of these proceedings could be substantial. There can be no assurance that our defenses of non-infringement, invalidity or unenforceability in a court of law will succeed.

Third parties, including our competitors, could be infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our owned and in-licensed intellectual property rights. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. From time to time, we seek to analyze our competitors’ products and services, and may in the future seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. However, the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to enforce our rights as against such infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. Any inability to meaningfully enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete and reduce demand for our products and technologies.

Litigation proceedings may be necessary for us to enforce our patent and other intellectual property rights. In any such proceedings, a court may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our owned and in-licensed patents do not cover the technology in question. Further, in such proceedings, the defendant could counterclaim that our intellectual property is invalid or unenforceable and the court may agree, in which case we could lose valuable intellectual property rights, which could allow third parties to commercialize technology, services or products similar to ours and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or could require us to obtain license rights from the prevailing party in order to be able to manufacture or commercialize our products without infringing such party’s intellectual property rights, and if we unable to obtain such a license, we may be required to cease commercialization of our products, services and technologies, any of which could have a material adverse effect

69


Table of Contents

on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome in any such proceedings are unpredictable.

Regardless of whether we are defending against or asserting any intellectual property-related proceeding, any such intellectual property-related proceeding that may be necessary in the future, regardless of outcome, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our Class A common stock. Some of our competitors and other third parties may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct these types of litigation or proceedings. Any of the foregoing, or any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations or could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various required procedures, document submissions, fee payments and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States at several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In certain circumstances, we rely on our licensor to pay these fees due to the U.S. and non-U.S. patent agencies and to take the necessary action to comply with these requirements with respect to our licensed intellectual property. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors may be able to enter the market without infringing our patents and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our employees, consultants, advisors or independent contractors may have wrongfully used or disclosed, or may in the future wrongfully use or disclose, confidential information or alleged trade secrets of ours, third parties or former employers.

We have employed and expect to employ individuals, and engaged consultants and expect to engage consultants, who were previously employed, or consulted, at academic institutions and other companies and entities, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, advisors and independent contractors do not use confidential or proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that our employees, advisors, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other confidential or proprietary

70


Table of Contents

information of their former employers or other third parties, or to claims that we have improperly used or obtained such trade secrets. Domestic or international litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights and face increased competition to our business. Any such litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with advisors, contractors and consultants. A loss of key research personnel work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize potential products, which could harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. This type of litigation or proceeding could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of this type of litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Furthermore, individuals executing agreements with us may have pre-existing or competing obligations to a third party, such as an academic institution, and thus an agreement with us may be ineffective in perfecting ownership of inventions developed by that individual, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Furthermore, we or our licensor have been, or may be, subject to claims by former employees, consultants or other third parties asserting an ownership right in our owned or licensed patents or patent applications. For example, as discussed above, a lawsuit was filed relating to inventorship for certain patents that we have exclusively licensed from BWH. An adverse determination in any such proceeding may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar technology, without payment to us, or could limit the duration of the patent protection covering our technology and products. Such challenges may also result in our inability to develop, manufacture or commercialize our products or services without infringing third-party patent rights. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We currently rely on a license from a third party, and in the future may rely on additional licenses from other third parties, in relation to our technologies, services and products, including the Proteograph Product Suite and related services, and if we lose any of these licenses, then we may be subjected to future litigation.

We are, and may in the future become, a party to license agreements that grant us rights to use certain intellectual property, including patents and patent applications, typically in certain specified fields of use. Currently, we rely on an in-license from The Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Inc. (BWH), for patents, for example, relating to methods of using nanoparticles to measure the proteome, including the methods used in the Proteograph Product Suite and may in the future rely on licenses from other third parties with respect to our products, including the Proteograph Product Suite, or other technology. Our rights to use licensed technology in our business are subject to the continuation of and compliance with the terms of the BWH license and any licenses we may enter into in the future. Some of these licensed rights provide us with freedom to operate for aspects of our products and technologies. As a result, any termination of this license could result in the loss of significant rights and could harm our ability to develop, manufacture and commercialize our products, including the Proteograph Product Suite. We may need to obtain additional licenses from others to advance our research, development and commercialization activities. For instance, under our license agreement with BWH, we currently in-license a patent family which includes methods used in the

71


Table of Contents

Proteograph Product Suite and related services, and to the extent any additional intellectual property developed by BWH that are not included in such licensed patent families are necessary or useful for the Proteograph Product Suite or any other product, services or technology, we would need to negotiate for additional licenses to such additional intellectual property. Such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or may be non-exclusive, in which case third parties, including our competitors, could use the same licensed intellectual property to compete with us. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation or prospects.

Our success may depend in part on the ability of our licensor and any future licensors to obtain, maintain and enforce patent protection for our licensed intellectual property. Under our license agreement with BWH and under any licenses we may enter into in the future, BWH controls, and future licensors may control, the prosecution, maintenance and enforcement of patents and patent applications that are licensed to us. BWH or any future licensors may not successfully prosecute the patent applications we license or prosecute such patent applications in our best interest. Even if patents issue in respect of these patent applications, BWH and any future licensors may fail to maintain these patents, may determine not to pursue litigation against other companies that are infringing these patents or may pursue such litigation less aggressively than we would. Without protection for the intellectual property we license, other companies might be able to offer substantially identical products and technologies for sale, which could materially adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

If we fail to comply with our obligations under any license, collaboration or other agreements, we may be required to pay damages and could lose intellectual property rights necessary for developing and protecting our technologies, services and products, including the Proteograph Product Suite and related services, or we could lose certain rights to grant sublicenses.

Future agreements may impose, and our current license agreement imposes, various diligence, commercialization, funding, milestone payment, royalty, sublicensing, insurance, patent prosecution and enforcement and other obligations on us and require us to meet development timelines, or to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products, in order to maintain the licenses. If we fail to comply with any of these obligations, a licensor(s) may have the right to terminate our license and/or we may be required to pay damages, in which event we would not be able to develop or market products or technology covered by the licensed intellectual property. In addition, while we cannot currently determine the amount of any future royalty obligations we would be required to pay on future sales of a licensed product, the amount may be significant. The amount of our future royalty obligations will depend on the technology and intellectual property we use in products we commercialize, if at all. Therefore, even if we successfully develop and commercialize existing or future products, we may be unable to achieve or maintain profitability. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Moreover, disputes may also arise between us and our licensor regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including:

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;
our financial or other obligations under the license agreement;
whether, and the extent to which, our products, technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;
our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

72


Table of Contents

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensor(s); and
the priority of invention of patented technology.

If we do not prevail in such disputes, we may lose any or all of our rights under such license agreements, experience significant delays in the development and commercialization of our products and technologies, or incur liability for damages, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In addition, we may seek to obtain additional licenses from our licensor(s) and, in connection with obtaining such licenses, we may agree to amend our existing licenses in a manner that may be more favorable to the licensor(s), including by agreeing to terms that could enable third parties, including our competitors, to receive licenses to a portion of the intellectual property that is subject to our existing licenses and to compete with our products.

In addition, the agreements under which we currently and in the future license intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize any affected products or services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Absent the license agreements, we may infringe patents subject to those agreements, and if the license agreements are terminated, we may be subject to litigation by the licensor. Litigation could result in substantial costs to us and distract our management. If we do not prevail, we may be required to pay damages, including treble damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses and royalties or be enjoined from selling our products or services, including the Proteograph Product Suite and related services, which could adversely affect our ability to offer products or services, our ability to continue operations and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

If we cannot license rights to use technologies on reasonable terms, we may not be able to commercialize new products or services in the future.

We may identify third-party technology that we may need to license or acquire in order to develop or commercialize our products, services or technologies, including the Proteograph Product Suite and related services. However, we may be unable to secure such licenses or acquisitions. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us.

We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment or at all. In return for the use of a third party’s technology, we may agree to pay the licensor royalties based on sales of our products or services. Royalties are a component of cost of

73


Table of Contents

products or technologies and affect the margins on our products. We may also need to negotiate licenses to patents or patent applications before or after introducing a commercial product. We may not be able to obtain necessary licenses to patents or patent applications, and our business may suffer if we are unable to enter into the necessary licenses on acceptable terms or at all, if any necessary licenses are subsequently terminated, if the licensor fails to abide by the terms of the license or fails to prevent infringement by third parties, or if the licensed intellectual property rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Certain of our in-licensed patents are, and our future owned and in-licensed patents may be, subject to a reservation of rights by one or more third parties, including government march-in rights, that may limit our ability to exclude third parties from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

In addition, our owned and in-licensed patents have been, or may be, subject to a reservation of rights by one or more third parties. For example, the U.S. government has certain rights, including march-in rights, to patent rights and technology funded by the U.S. government and licensed to us from BWH. When new technologies are developed with government funding, in order to secure ownership of such patent rights, the recipient of such funding is required to comply with certain government regulations, including timely disclosing the inventions claimed in such patent rights to the U.S. government and timely electing title to such inventions, including as set forth in the Bayh-Dole Act of 1980. Any failure to timely elect title to such inventions may provide the U.S. government to, at any time, take title in such inventions. Additionally, the U.S. government generally obtains certain rights in any resulting patents, including a non-exclusive license authorizing the government to use the invention or to have others use the invention on its behalf. If the government decides to exercise these rights, it is not required to engage us as its contractor in connection with doing so. These rights may permit the U.S. government to disclose our confidential and proprietary information to third parties and to exercise march-in rights to use or allow third parties to use our licensed technology. The U.S. government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve practical application of the government-funded technology, because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of federal regulations, or to give preference to U.S. industry. In addition, our rights in such inventions may be subject to certain requirements to manufacture products embodying such inventions in the United States. Any exercise by the government of any of the foregoing rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our products contain, and our services use, third-party open source software components and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to sell our products and service our customers, or require disclosure of our proprietary software.

Our products contain software licensed by third parties under open source software licenses. Use and distribution of open source software may entail different or greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source software licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source software licenses contain requirements that the licensee make its source code publicly available if the licensee creates combined works, modifications or derivative works using the open source software, depending on the type of open source software the licensee uses and how the licensee uses it. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source software licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public for free. This would allow our competitors and other third parties to create similar products with less development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of our product sales and revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, some companies that use third-party open source software have faced claims challenging their use of such open source software and their compliance with the terms of the applicable open source license. We may be subject to suits by third parties claiming ownership of

74


Table of Contents

what we believe to be open source software, or claiming non-compliance with the applicable open source licensing terms. Use of open source software may also present additional security risks because the public availability of such software may make it easier for hackers and other third parties to compromise or attempt to compromise our technology platform and systems.

Although we review our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our proprietary software to conditions we do not intend, the terms of many open source software licenses have not been interpreted by United States courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products, services and proprietary software. Moreover, we cannot assure investors that our processes for monitoring and controlling our use of open source software in our products will be effective. If we are held to have breached the terms of an open source software license, we could be subject to damages, required to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our products on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our products, to discontinue the sale of our products or services if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

others may be able to make products or services that are similar to products and technologies we may develop or utilize similar technology that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or license now or in the future;
we, or our licensor(s), might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patent or pending patent application that we license or may own in the future;
we, or our licensor(s), might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;
others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our owned or licensed intellectual property rights;
it is possible that our pending patent applications, and our licensed pending patent applications, or those that we may own or license in the future, will not lead to issued patents;
issued patents that we hold rights to may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;
our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;
we, and our licensor(s), may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;
the patents of others may harm our business; and

75


Table of Contents

we may choose not to file a patent for certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.

Should any of these events occur, they could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

An active trading market for our Class A common stock may not be sustained.

Although our Class A common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “SEER,” an active trading market for our Class A common stock may not be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of your ability to sell your shares of Class A common stock when desired or the prices that you may obtain for your shares. If an active market for our Class A common stock with meaningful trading volume is not sustained, the market price of our Class A common stock may decline materially and you may not be able to sell your shares.

If we fail to maintain compliance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we may be delisted and the price of our Class A common stock and our ability to access the capital markets could be negatively impacted.

To maintain the listing of our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we are required to meet certain listing requirements, including, among others, either: (i) a minimum closing bid price of $1.00 per share, a market value of publicly held shares (excluding shares held by our executive officers, directors and 10% or more stockholders) of at least $5 million and stockholders’ equity of at least $10 million; or (ii) a minimum closing bid price of $1.00 per share, a market value of publicly held shares (excluding shares held by our executive officers, directors, affiliates and 10% or more stockholders) of at least $15 million and a total market value of listed securities of at least $50.0 million.

We may fail to satisfy one or more the Nasdaq Global Select Market requirements for continued listing of our Class A common stock in the future. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in maintaining the listing of our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or, if transferred, on the Nasdaq Capital Market. The delisting of our Class A common stock from a national exchange could impair the liquidity and market price of our Class A common stock. It could also materially, adversely affect our access to the capital markets, and any limitation on market liquidity or reduction in the price of our Class A common stock as a result of that delisting could adversely affect our ability to raise capital on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

The market price of our Class A common stock has been and may continue to be volatile.

Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate include, but are not limited to:

the degree to which our launch and commercialization of our products meets the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, including fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results;
revenue being less than anticipated or operating expenses being more than anticipated;
the failure or discontinuation of any of our product development and research programs;

76


Table of Contents

changes in the structure or funding of research at academic and research laboratories and institutions, including changes that would affect their ability to purchase our instruments or consumables;
the success of existing or new competitive businesses or technologies;
announcements about new research programs or products of our competitors;
developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;
the recruitment or departure of key personnel;
litigation and governmental investigations involving us, our industry or both;
regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;
volatility and variations in market conditions in the life sciences technology sector generally, or the proteomics or genomics sectors specifically, including volatility in the stock prices of publicly held companies in our industry;
investor perceptions of us or our industry;
the level of expenses related to any of our research and development programs or products;
actual or anticipated changes in our estimates as to our financial results or development timelines, variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us or changes in estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, that cover our Class A common stock or companies that are perceived to be similar to us;
whether our financial results meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors;
short-selling strategies that may drive down the price of our Class A common stock;
the announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;
sales of our Class A common stock by us or sales of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock by our insiders or other stockholders, or future stock issuances;
the perceived solvency of financial institutions with which we have financial deposits or investments in excess of insurance limits;
general economic, industry and market conditions; and
health epidemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic, natural disasters or major catastrophic events.

Stock markets in general, and the market for life sciences technology companies in particular, have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to changes in the operating performance of the companies whose stock is experiencing those price and volume fluctuations. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Following periods of such volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

77


Table of Contents

The multi-class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with certain stockholders and it may depress the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Our Class A common stock, which is our publicly-traded class of stock, has one vote per share, and our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, except as otherwise required by law. Our Class B common stock is held by our founders and early investors. As of March 1, 2024, the holders of our Class B common stock hold in the aggregate 40.0 % of the voting power of our capital stock.

As a result, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a significant amount of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore may be able to control matters submitted to our stockholders for approval. This control will limit to the stockholders’ influence over corporate matters for approximately five years following our initial public offering, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and any sale of the company or other major corporate transaction requiring stockholder approval. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited proposals to acquire the company. Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning purposes where sole dispositive power and exclusive voting control with respect to the shares of Class B common stock is retained by the transferring holder. The Class B common stock will also automatically convert into Class A common stock on December 8, 2025. The conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those individual holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares over the long term.

In July 2017, S&P Dow Jones announced that it would no longer admit companies with multiple-class share structures to certain of its indices. Affected indices include the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400, and S&P SmallCap 600, which together make up the S&P Composite 1500. Our multi-class capital structure may make us ineligible for inclusion in certain indices, and as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track these indices may not be investing in our stock. It is unclear what effect, if any, exclusion from any indices has had on the valuations of the affected publicly traded companies. It is possible that such policies could depress the valuations of public companies excluded from such indices compared to those of other companies that are included.

If industry analysts, including securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our Class A common stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock relies in part on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If no or few analysts commence or continue coverage of us, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decrease. If one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our Class A common stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our Class A common stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our Class A common stock, which in turn could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

78


Table of Contents

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock by our existing stockholders could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market could occur at any time and the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of Class A common stock intend to sell shares could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our equity incentive plans or pursuant to future awards granted under those plans will become available for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of applicable vesting schedules, any applicable market standoff and lock-up agreements, and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future, and, as a result, any return on investment may be limited to the value of our stock.

You should not rely on an investment in our Class A common stock to provide dividend income. We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we plan to retain any earnings to maintain and expand our existing operations, fund our research and development programs and continue to invest in our commercial infrastructure. In addition, any future credit facility or financing we obtain may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our Class A common stock. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment. As a result, investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our Class A common stock.

Our amended and restated bylaws designate a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, and also provide that the federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each of which could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, stockholders, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, stockholders, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders, (c) any action or proceeding asserting a claim arising pursuant to, or seeking to enforce any right, obligation or remedy under, any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws, (d) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (e) any action or proceeding asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another state court in Delaware or, if no state court in Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) and any appellate court therefrom, in all cases subject to the court having jurisdiction over the claims at issue and the indispensable parties; provided that the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act.

Section 22 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated bylaws also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

79


Table of Contents

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding or owning (or continuing to hold or own) any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing bylaw provisions. Although we believe these exclusive forum provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws in the types of lawsuits to which each applies, the exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, stockholders, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims against us and our current and former directors, officers, stockholders, or other employees. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our exclusive forum provisions. Further, in the event a court finds either exclusive forum provision contained in our amended and restated bylaws to be unenforceable or inapplicable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our results of operations.

Delaware law and provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Our status as a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult, including the following:

any transaction that would result in a change in control of our company requires the approval of a majority of our outstanding Class B common stock voting as a separate class;
our multi-class common stock structure provides our holders of Class B common stock with the ability to significantly influence the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock;
certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation require the approval of stockholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of our then outstanding capital stock;
any stockholder-proposed amendment to our amended and restated bylaws require the approval of stockholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of our then outstanding capital stock;
our stockholders may only be able to take action at a meeting of stockholders and may not be able to take action by written consent for any matter;
our stockholders are able to act by written consent only if the action is first recommended or approved by the board of directors;
vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by our board of directors and not by stockholders;
only the chair of the board of directors, chief executive officer or a majority of the board of directors are authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;
certain litigation against us can only be brought in Delaware;

80


Table of Contents

our restated certificate of incorporation authorizes undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued, without the approval of the holders of our capital stock; and
advance notice procedures apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders.

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay, or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions they desire, any of which, under certain circumstances, could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our capital stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A common stock.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations, and changes to U.S. tax laws may cause us to make adjustments to our financial statements.

As of December 31, 2023, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) of $148.1 million and $151.8 million, respectively, which if not utilized will expire in 2035 for state purposes. We may use these NOLs to offset against taxable income for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. However, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, may limit the NOLs we may use in any year for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the event of certain changes in ownership of our company. A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of a company’s stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have previously undergone multiple “ownership changes.” In addition, future issuances or sales of our stock, including certain transactions involving our stock that are outside of our control, could result in future “ownership changes.” “Ownership changes” that have occurred in the past or that may occur in the future could result in the imposition of an annual limit on the amount of pre-ownership change NOLs and other tax attributes we can use to reduce our taxable income, potentially increasing and accelerating our liability for income taxes, and also potentially causing those tax attributes to expire unused. States may impose other limitations on the use of our NOLs. Any changes in U.S. tax laws or limitations on using NOLs could, depending on the extent of such limitation and the NOLs previously used, result in our retaining less cash after payment of U.S. federal and state income taxes during any year in which we have taxable income, rather than losses, than we would be entitled to retain if such NOLs were available as an offset against such income for U.S. federal and state income tax reporting purposes, which could adversely impact our operating results.

We continue to incur significant increased costs and management resources as a result of operating as a public company.

As a public company, we continue to incur significant legal, accounting, compliance, insurance and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Our management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time and incur significant expense in connection with compliance initiatives. As a public company, we continue to bear all of the internal and external costs of preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the securities laws.

In addition, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including SOX, and the related rules and regulations implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC (Nasdaq) have increased legal and financial compliance costs and make some compliance activities more time-consuming. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment will result in increased general and administrative expenses and may divert management’s time and attention from our other business activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or

81


Table of Contents

governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, and our business may be harmed. In the future, it may be more expensive or more difficult for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

General Risks

Environmental, social, and governance (ESG) matters are subject to increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from customers, regulators, investors and other stakeholders and may expose us to reputational, cost and other risks.

Companies across all industries are subject to increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations regarding ESG matters. In particular, customers, regulators, investors and other stakeholders are increasingly focusing on environmental issues, including climate change, energy use, industrial waste, and other sustainability concerns. Failure to implement sufficient standards and practices for responsible corporate citizenship, support for local communities, employee diversity and human capital management, health and safety practices, supply chain management, and corporate governance can increase our costs of production, decrease our revenue, and negatively affect our reputation, employee retention, and the general willingness of customers and suppliers to do business with us and investors to invest in us. If we do not adapt to or comply with evolving ESG standards and regulations, the resulting consequences could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business and financial condition.

If our facilities or our third-party manufacturers’ facilities become unavailable or inoperable, our research and development program and commercialization plan could be adversely impacted and manufacturing of our instruments and consumables could be interrupted.

Our Redwood City, California, facilities house our operations, including research and development, NP manufacturing and quality assurance teams. Our instruments are manufactured at our third-party manufacturer’s facilities in Nevada, and our consumables are manufactured at various locations in the United States and internationally.

82


Table of Contents

Our facilities in Redwood City and those of our third-party manufacturers are vulnerable to natural disasters, public health crises, including the impact of health epidemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic, climate change and catastrophic events. For example, our Redwood City facilities are located near earthquake fault zones and are vulnerable to damage from earthquakes as well as other types of disasters, including fires, wildfires, floods, power loss, communications failures and similar events. If any disaster, public health crisis or catastrophic event were to occur, our ability to operate our business would be seriously, or potentially completely, impaired. If our facilities or our third-party manufacturer’s facilities become unavailable for any reason, we cannot provide assurances that we will be able to secure alternative manufacturing facilities with the necessary capabilities and equipment on acceptable terms, if at all. We may encounter particular difficulties in replacing our Redwood City facilities given the specialized equipment housed within it. The inability to manufacture our instruments or consumables, combined with our limited inventory of manufactured instruments and consumables, may result in the loss of future customers or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to re-establish relationships with those customers in the future. Because some of our NPs are perishable and must be kept in temperature controlled storage, the loss of power to our facilities, mechanical or other issues with our storage facilities or other events that impact our temperature controlled storage could result in the loss of some or all of such NPs, and we may not be able to replace them without disruption to our customers or at all.

If our research and development program or commercialization program were disrupted by a disaster or catastrophe, the launch of new products, including the Proteograph Product Suite, and the timing of improvements to our products could be significantly delayed and could adversely impact our ability to compete with other available products and solutions. If our or our third-party manufacturer’s capabilities are impaired, we may not be able to manufacture and ship our products in a timely manner, which would adversely impact our business. Although we possess insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, and self-insure for earthquake risk, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

If we, or our vendors, partners or customers, experience a significant disruption in our information technology systems or breaches of data security, our business could be adversely affected.

We rely, or will rely, on information technology systems to keep financial records, facilitate our research and development initiatives, manage our manufacturing operations, provide services, maintain quality control, fulfill customer orders, maintain corporate records, communicate with staff and external parties and operate other critical functions. Our information technology systems and those of our vendors, partners and customers are potentially vulnerable to disruption due to breakdown, malicious intrusion and computer viruses or other disruptive events, including, but not limited to, natural disasters and catastrophes. Cyberattacks (including denial of service, ransomware, and other attacks) and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase and cloud-based platform providers of services have been and are expected to continue to be targeted. Methods of attacks on information technology systems and data security breaches change frequently, are increasingly complex and sophisticated, including social engineering and phishing scams, and can originate from a wide variety of sources. In addition to traditional computer “hackers,” malicious code, such as viruses and worms, employee theft or misuse, denial-of-service attacks and sophisticated nation-state and nation-state supported actors now engage in attacks, including advanced persistent threat intrusions. Despite our efforts to create security barriers to such threats, it is virtually impossible for us to entirely mitigate these risks. In addition, we have not finalized our information technology and data security procedures and therefore, our information technology systems may be more susceptible to cybersecurity attacks than if such security procedures were finalized. Despite any of our current or future efforts to protect against cybersecurity attacks and data security breaches, there is no guarantee that our efforts are adequate to safeguard against all such attacks and breaches. Moreover, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate, detect, appropriately react and respond to, or implement effective preventative measures against, all cybersecurity incidents.

83


Table of Contents

In addition, our information technology strategy encompasses multi-vendor, multi-cloud infrastructure, systems and applications. We have a shared responsibility model with our information technology vendors and rely on their security measures and controls. We have not conducted a comprehensive evaluation of all vendors to understand their security postures.

If our security measures, or those of our vendors, partners and customers, are compromised due to any cybersecurity attacks or data security breaches, including as a result of third-party action, employee or customer error, malfeasance, stolen or fraudulently obtained log-in credentials or otherwise, our reputation could be damaged, our business and reputation may be harmed, we could become subject to litigation and we could incur significant liability. If we were to lose data or experience a prolonged system disruption in our information technology systems or those of certain of our vendors and partners, it could negatively impact our ability to serve our customers, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If operations at our facilities were disrupted, it may cause a material disruption in our business if we are not capable of restoring functionality on an acceptable timeframe.

In addition, our information technology systems, and those of our vendors, partners and customers, are potentially vulnerable to data security breaches, whether by internal bad actors, such as employees or other third parties with legitimate access to our or our third-party providers’ systems, or external bad actors, which could lead to the loss or exposure of personal data, sensitive data and confidential information to unauthorized persons. Any such data security breaches could lead to the loss of trade secrets or other intellectual property, the exposure of personal information, including sensitive personal information, of our employees, customers and others, or could prevent us from accessing critical information, any of which could expose us to liability and have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, due to the inherent features and technical limitations of information technology systems and infrastructure, our products and services may be impacted by cyberattacks or other disruptions, including efforts to penetrate our customers’ network security, sabotage or otherwise disable our instruments and services, including instruments at our customers’ sites, misappropriate our customers’ proprietary information, or cause interruptions of our or our customers’ internal operations, systems and services. Any such breach could compromise our customers’ networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen.

In addition, any such access, disclosure or other loss or unauthorized use of information or data could result in legal claims or proceedings, regulatory investigations or actions, and other types of liability under laws that protect the privacy and security of personal information, including federal, state and foreign data protection and privacy regulations, violations of which could result in significant penalties and fines. Additionally, a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA), went into effect on January 1, 2023. The CPRA modifies the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) significantly, potentially resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. The CPRA restricts use of certain categories of sensitive personal information that we may handle, establish restrictions on the retention of personal information, expand the types of data breaches subject to the private right of action, and establish the California Privacy Protection Agency to implement and enforce the new law and impose administrative fines. Additional compliance investment and potential business process changes will likely be required. Similar laws have been proposed in other states and at the federal level, reflecting a trend toward more stringent data privacy and security legislation in the United States. For example, on March 2, 2021, Virginia enacted the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, or CDPA, which took effect on January 1, 2023, on June 8, 2021, Colorado enacted the Colorado Privacy Act, or CPA, which took effect on July 1, 2023, and on March 24, 2022, Utah enacted the Utah Consumer Privacy Act, or UCPA, which took effect on December 31, 2023; and on May 10, 2022, Connecticut enacted the Connecticut Data Privacy Act, or CTDPA, which took effect on July 1, 2023. The CPA, CDPA, UCPA, and CTDPA share similarities with and differences from the CPRA and legislation proposed in other states. Aspects of these state privacy statutes remain unclear, resulting in

84


Table of Contents

further uncertainty and potentially requiring us to modify our data practices and policies and to incur substantial additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. In addition, U.S. and international laws and regulations that have been applied to protect user privacy (including laws regarding unfair and deceptive practices in the U.S. and GDPR in the EU) may be subject to evolving interpretations or applications. Furthermore, defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly, divert management’s attention and harm our reputation. In addition, although we seek to detect and investigate all data security incidents, security breaches and other incidents of unauthorized access to our information technology systems and data can be difficult to detect and any delay in identifying such breaches or incidents may lead to increased harm and legal exposure of the type described above. Moreover, there could be public announcements regarding any cybersecurity incidents and any steps we take to respond to or remediate such incidents, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these announcements to be negative, it could, among other things, have a material adverse effect on the price of our Class A common stock.

The cost of protecting against, investigating, mitigating and responding to potential breaches of our information technology systems and data security breaches and complying with applicable breach notification obligations to individuals, regulators, partners and others can be significant. As cybersecurity incidents continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. The inability to implement, maintain and upgrade adequate safeguards could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our insurance policies may not be adequate to compensate us for the potential costs and other losses arising from such disruptions, failures or security breaches. In addition, such insurance may not be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are currently subject to, and may in the future become subject to additional international and U.S. federal and state laws and regulations imposing obligations on how we collect, store and process personal information. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business. Ensuring compliance with such laws could also impair our efforts to maintain and expand our future customer base, and thereby decrease our revenue.

In the ordinary course of our business, we currently, and in the future will, collect, store, transfer, use or process sensitive data, including personally identifiable information of employees, and intellectual property and proprietary business information owned or controlled by ourselves and other parties. The secure processing, storage, maintenance, and transmission of this critical information are vital to our operations and business strategy. We are, and may increasingly become, subject to various international and domestic laws and regulation relating to data privacy and security in the jurisdictions in which we operate. We also may be subject to contractual obligations and may be, or may be asserted to be, subject to industry standards relating to privacy and data security. The regulatory environment related to data privacy and security is increasingly rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. These laws and regulations may be interpreted and applied differently over time and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and it is possible that they will be interpreted and applied in ways that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In the United States, various federal and state regulators, including governmental agencies like the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the Federal Trade Commission, have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws and regulations concerning personal information and data security. Certain state laws may be more stringent or broader in

85


Table of Contents

scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to personal information than federal, international or other state laws, and such laws may differ from each other, all of which may complicate compliance efforts. For example, the CCPA, which increases privacy rights for California residents and imposes obligations on companies that process their personal information, came into effect on January 1, 2020, and the CPRA, which increases such rights and responsibilities, came into effect on January 1, 2023. Among other things, the CCPA requires covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers and provide such consumers new data protection and privacy rights, including the ability to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action may increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. In addition, laws in all 50 U.S. states require businesses to provide notice to consumers whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. State laws are changing rapidly and there is discussion in the U.S. Congress of a new comprehensive federal data privacy law to which we would become subject if it is enacted.

Furthermore, regulations promulgated pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), establish privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information (known as “protected health information”) and require the implementation of administrative, physical and technological safeguards to protect the privacy of protected health information and ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information. Determining whether protected health information has been handled in compliance with applicable privacy standards and our contractual obligations can require complex factual and statistical analyses and may be subject to changing interpretation. Although we take measures to protect sensitive data from unauthorized access, use or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or viruses or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other malicious or inadvertent disruptions. Any such breach or interruption could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed by unauthorized parties, manipulated, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, breach or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, and liability under federal or state laws that protect the privacy of personal information, such as the HIPAA, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH), and regulatory penalties. Notice of breaches must be made to affected individuals, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, and for extensive breaches, notice may need to be made to the media or State Attorneys General. Such a notice could harm our reputation and our ability to compete.

We have adopted and train our employees and applicable consultants on our policies related to the collection, processing, and storage of information, including personal data of employees and scientific data of customers. From time to time, we have and may conduct internal and external audits to assess our ability, and comment on our vendors’ ability, to comply with evolving compliance and operational requirements, which could impose significant costs, such as costs related to organizational changes, implementing additional protection technologies, training employees and engaging consultants, which are likely to increase over time. In addition, such requirements may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, distract management or divert resources from other initiatives and projects, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Any failure or perceived failure by us or our third-party vendors, collaborators, contractors and consultants to comply with any applicable federal, state or similar foreign laws and regulations relating to data privacy and security, including GDPR, could result in damage to our reputation, as well as proceedings or litigation by governmental agencies or other third parties, including class action privacy litigation in certain jurisdictions, which would subject us to significant fines, sanctions, awards, penalties or judgments, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

86


Table of Contents

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

We recognize the importance of assessing, identifying, and managing material risks associated with cybersecurity threats. We have developed and implemented a cybersecurity risk management program intended to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our critical systems and information. We regularly assess risks from cybersecurity threats; monitor our information systems for potential vulnerabilities; and test those systems pursuant to our cybersecurity policies, processes, and practices, which are integrated into our overall risk management program. Our cybersecurity risk management program includes a cybersecurity incident response plan.

We design and assess our program based on various cybersecurity frameworks, such as the National Institute of Standards and Technology and the Center for Internet Security, as well as information security standards issued by the International Organization for Standardization, including ISO 27001. In 2023, our cybersecurity systems and processes achieved ISO 27001 certification. We use these cybersecurity frameworks and information security standards as a guide to help us identify, assess, and manage cybersecurity risks relevant to our business. Our cybersecurity risk management program is integrated into our overall enterprise risk management program and shares common methodologies, reporting channels, and governance processes that apply across the enterprise risk management program to other legal, compliance, strategic, operational, and financial risk areas.

Our cybersecurity risk management program includes:

risk assessments designed to help identify material cybersecurity risks to our critical systems, information, products, services, and our broader enterprise information technology (IT) environment;
a security team principally responsible for managing (1) our cybersecurity risk assessment processes, (2) our security controls, and (3) our response to cybersecurity incidents;
the use of external service providers, where appropriate, to assess, test, or otherwise assist with aspects of our security controls;
cybersecurity awareness training for our employees, incident response personnel, and senior management;
a cybersecurity incident response plan that includes procedures for responding to cybersecurity incidents; and
a third-party risk management process for service providers, suppliers, and vendors.

We have not identified any risks from known cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any prior cybersecurity incidents, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our operations, business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. We face certain ongoing risks from cybersecurity threats that, if realized, are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our operations, business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. See “Risk Factors - If we, or our vendors, partners or customers, experience a significant disruption in our information technology systems or breaches of data security, our business could be adversely affected.”

87


Table of Contents

Cybersecurity Governance

Our Board considers cybersecurity risk as part of its risk oversight function and has delegated oversight of cybersecurity and other information technology risks to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees management’s implementation of the cybersecurity risk management program. The Audit Committee reports to the full Board regarding its activities, including those related to cybersecurity. The full Board also receives periodic briefings from the Audit Committe on our cybersecurity risk management program.

The Audit Committee receives regular reports from our dedicated Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) on our cybersecurity risks. In addition, our CISO updates the Audit Committee, as necessary, regarding any material cybersecurity incidents, as well as any incidents with lesser potential impact.

We have established an internal cross-functional leadership committee with the objective of overseeing the cyber security program, incidents, risks and initiatives. The committee is chaired by our CISO and is comprised of the President and Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer, Chief People Officer, Chief Data Officer, Chief Operations and Product Development Officer and the SVP of Product. This committee oversees efforts to prevent, detect, mitigate, and remediate cybersecurity risks and incidents through various means, which may include briefings from internal security personnel, threat intelligence and other information obtained from governmental, public, or private sources, including external consultants engaged by us, and alerts and reports produced by security tools deployed in the information technology environment.

The IT management team has primary responsibility for our overall cybersecurity risk management program and supervises both our internal cybersecurity personnel and our retained external cybersecurity consultants. Our CISO has over 20 years of experience managing global IT operations, including strategy, applications, infrastructure, information security, support and execution and holds a Certified Information Systems Security Professional certification.

Item 2. Properties

Our corporate headquarters, research and development facilities, and manufacturing and distribution centers are located at 3800 Bridge Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065. The facility is approximately 51,000 square feet and is compliant with all relevant state and federal requirements. Our lease on this facility runs through September 2032. In addition, we lease approximately 6,000 square of office space in San Diego, California under a lease that runs through September 2024. We do not own any real property and believe that our current facilities are sufficient to meet our ongoing needs and that, if we require additional space, we will be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time we may be involved in legal proceedings or investigations, which could have an adverse impact on our reputation, business and financial condition and divert the attention of our management from the operation of our business.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

88


Table of Contents

PART II.

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our Class A common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “SEER” since December 4, 2020. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our Class A common stock.

Our Class B common stock is not listed or traded on any stock exchange.

Holders of Common Stock

As of March 1, 2024, there were 26 holders of record of our Class A common stock and 6 holders of record of our Class B common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees.

Dividend Policy

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock since our inception. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements and contractual restrictions of then-existing debt instruments and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

None.

Item 6. [Reserved]

89


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, including those described in the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements.” Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those set forth under the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

Our mission is to imagine and pioneer new ways to decode the biology of the proteome to improve human health. Our product, the Proteograph Product Suite (Proteograph), leverages our proprietary engineered nanoparticle (NP) technology to provide unbiased, deep, rapid and large-scale access to the proteome. The Proteograph Product Suite is an integrated solution that includes consumables, an automation instrument and software. We believe that broader access to the proteome is essential, not only to understanding its complexity and accelerating biological insights, but also to expanding end-markets. These markets may include basic research and discovery, translational research, diagnostics and applied applications. To comprehend the complexity and dynamic nature of the proteome, researchers must perform population-scale, deep, unbiased interrogation of biological samples over time. We believe that this level of interrogation was not previously feasible and that the Proteograph can enable researchers to perform these types of proteomics studies.

Since we were incorporated in 2017, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to research and development activities, including with respect to the Proteograph Product Suite, building our commercial infrastructure including manufacturing, operations, sales and marketing and service and support functions, establishing and maintaining our intellectual property portfolio, hiring personnel, raising capital, becoming and being a publicly-traded company, and providing general and administrative support for these activities.

Our ability to generate product and service revenue sufficient to achieve profitability, if ever, will depend on the successful commercialization of the Proteograph Product Suite. We are commercializing the Proteograph Product Suite as an integrated solution comprised of consumables, our SP100 automation instrument and software. Our commercial strategy is focused on growing adoption by the research community of the Proteograph, expanding the installed base and increasing utilization to generate revenue from the purchase of Proteograph consumables. We expect a highly efficient sales model because our workflow integrates with most existing proteomics laboratories’ workflows and also complements large-scale genomics research. We are focused on removing barriers to access to the Proteograph, including through our service offering.

We are broadly commercializing the Proteograph Product Suite through a direct sales channel in the United States, and through both direct and distributor sales channels in regions outside the United States. Since we are in the early stages of commercialization, we have built, and will continue to build our sales, marketing, support and product distribution capabilities. In addition, we will continue to build the necessary infrastructure for these activities in the United States, European Union, the United Kingdom, and other countries and regions, including Asia-Pacific, as we execute on our commercialization strategy for the Proteograph.

We leverage well-established unit operations to formulate and manufacture our NPs at our facilities in Redwood City, California. We procure certain components of our consumables from third-party manufacturers, which includes the commonly-available raw materials needed for manufacturing our proprietary engineered NPs. We are currently manufacturing using our production-scale and pilot lines and continue to build out our manufacturing capabilities to support broad commercial availability of our products. We obtain some of the reagents and components used in the

90


Table of Contents

Proteograph workflow from third-party suppliers. While some of these reagents and components are currently sourced from a single supplier, these products are readily available from numerous suppliers. While we currently perform some filling and packaging of the Proteograph assay and the related consumables, we may eventually have our filling and packaging outsourced to a third party. We conduct vendor and component qualification for components provided by third-party suppliers and quality control tests on our NPs.

We designed the SP100 automation instrument and have outsourced its manufacturing to Hamilton Company, a leading manufacturer of automated liquid handling workstations. We have entered into a non-exclusive agreement with Hamilton that covers the manufacturing of the SP100 automation instrument and its continued supply on a purchase order basis. The agreement has an initial term that runs three years following our commercial launch. We have the option to extend the term of the agreement with Hamilton upon written notice at the end of the initial term; provided that prices are only fixed during the initial term of the agreement. Hamilton has represented to us that it maintains ISO 9001 and ISO 13485 certifications.

During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we incurred a net loss of $86.3 million and $93.0 million and used $59.1 million and $60.8 million of cash in operations, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $305.8 million and cash, cash equivalents, and investments of $373.1 million. We expect to continue to incur significant losses and do not expect positive cash flows from operations for the foreseeable future.

We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

broadly commercialize the Proteograph Product Suite;
attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;
continue to build our sales, marketing, service, support and distribution infrastructure as part of our commercialization efforts;
build-out and expand our in-house NP manufacturing capabilities;
continue to engage in research and development of other products and enhancements to the Proteograph Product Suite;
implement operational, financial and management information systems;
obtain, maintain, expand, and protect our intellectual property portfolio; and
build the infrastructure to operate and scale as a public company.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Our product revenue consists of an instrument with embedded software essential to the instrument’s functionality and consumables. Our service revenue primarily consists of revenue received from the generation and analysis of proteomic data on behalf of the customer. Our related party revenue consists primarily of product sales to related parties. Our grant and other revenue consists of research-related grants, lease arrangements, and shipping revenue. Our revenue is primarily generated domestically. We intend to focus our commercial efforts in the United States and expect to grow our international presence.

91


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

We utilize third-party manufacturers for production of our SP100 instrument and we manufacture our NPs and assemble our assay kits internally. Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs of the components of the Proteograph Product Suite, including the SP100 instrument and consumables and distribution-related expenses such as logistics and shipping costs. In addition, cost of revenue includes employee compensation, such as stock-based compensation and employee benefits, allocated overhead and charges related to inventory reserves.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development (R&D) expenses include costs associated with R&D of our technology and product candidates. R&D expenses consist primarily of employee compensation, including stock-based compensation and employee benefits, laboratory supplies used for in-house research, consulting costs, and allocated costs, including rent, depreciation, information technology and utilities.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee compensation, including stock-based compensation, and benefits for executive management, sales and marketing, customer support, finance, administrative, human resources, legal functions, allocated costs, professional service fees and other general overhead costs to support our operations.

Interest Income

Interest income consists of interest earned on cash, cash equivalents and investments.

92


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparisons of the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

8,506

 

 

$

8,557

 

 

$

(51

)

 

 

(1

)%

Service

 

 

2,016

 

 

 

913

 

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

121

%

Related party

 

 

4,660

 

 

 

5,215

 

 

 

(555

)

 

 

(11

)%

Grant and other

 

 

1,479

 

 

 

808

 

 

 

671

 

 

 

83

%

Total revenue

 

 

16,661

 

 

 

15,493

 

 

 

1,168

 

 

 

8

%

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

 

5,398

 

 

 

5,459

 

 

 

(61

)

 

 

(1

)%

Service

 

 

685

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

38

%

Related party

 

 

1,430

 

 

 

1,989

 

 

 

(559

)

 

 

(28

)%

Grant and other

 

 

642

 

 

 

457

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

40

%

Total cost of revenue

 

 

8,155

 

 

 

8,400

 

 

 

(245

)

 

 

(3

)%

Gross profit

 

 

8,506

 

 

 

7,093

 

 

 

1,413

 

 

 

20

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

53,019

 

 

 

45,797

 

 

 

7,222

 

 

 

16

%

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

58,950

 

 

 

58,531

 

 

 

419

 

 

 

1

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

111,969

 

 

 

104,328

 

 

 

7,641

 

 

 

7

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(103,463

)

 

 

(97,235

)

 

 

(6,228

)

 

 

6

%

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

17,764

 

 

 

4,602

 

 

 

13,162

 

 

 

286

%

Other expense

 

 

(578

)

 

 

(333

)

 

 

(245

)

 

 

74

%

Total other income

 

 

17,186

 

 

 

4,269

 

 

 

12,917

 

 

 

303

%

Net loss

 

$

(86,277

)

 

$

(92,966

)

 

$

6,689

 

 

 

(7

)%

 

Revenue

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Revenue

 

$

16,661

 

 

$

15,493

 

 

$

1,168

 

 

 

8

%

 

Revenue increased by $1.2 million, or 8%, from $15.5 million in 2022 to $16.7 million in 2023, primarily due to an increase in service revenue. Revenue recognized primarily consisted of sales of the Proteograph SP100 instrument, consumable kits, platform evaluations, instrument upgrades and service revenue, of which $4.7 million was attributed to related parties. Revenue from our grant-funded activities related to our Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) grant from the National Institutes of Health Grant (NIH) increased between the two periods by $0.9 million and was partially offset by a decrease of $0.4 million in lease revenue.

Cost of Revenue

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

8,155

 

 

$

8,400

 

 

$

(245

)

 

 

(3

)%

 

93


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue decreased by $0.2 million, or 3%, from $8.4 million in 2022 to $8.2 million in 2023, primarily due to an increase in service revenue, which carries a lower cost of revenue, and lower product revenue from fewer instrument sales, which have a higher cost of revenue, offset by increased overhead expenses, warranty, and other costs of revenue. Cost of revenue consists of costs of the SP100 instrument, consumable kits, cost of services, and other related costs, including labor and overhead.

Research and Development

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Research and development

 

$

53,019

 

 

$

45,797

 

 

$

7,222

 

 

 

16

%

 

Research and development expenses increased by $7.2 million, or 16%, from $45.8 million in 2022 to $53.0 million in 2023. The increase was primarily due to an increase in product development efforts related to the Proteograph Product Suite, including $2.4 million increase in employee compensation costs, a $0.6 million increase in stock-based compensation, due to growth in research and development personnel and a $2.2 million increase in allocated costs. Other increases include costs related to general business expenses of $0.6 million and a $1.3 million increase in depreciation of laboratory equipment.

Selling, General and Administrative

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

$

58,950

 

 

$

58,531

 

 

$

419

 

 

 

1

%

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $0.4 million, or 1%, from $58.5 million in 2022 to $59.0 million in 2023, primarily due to a $3.3 million increase in employee compensation costs and a $0.1 million increase in travel expense. The increase was offset by a $2.9 million decrease in professional services.

Total Other Income

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Total other income

 

$

17,186

 

 

$

4,269

 

 

$

12,917

 

 

 

303

%

 

Total other income increased by $12.9 million, or 303%, from $4.3 million in 2022 to $17.2 million in 2023. The increase was due to higher rates of interest earned on cash invested in money market funds, U.S. Treasury securities, commercial paper, corporate securities and government agency debt in 2023.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since the date of our incorporation, we have incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows from operations. Our operations have been funded primarily through the sale and issuance of equity securities since inception. We anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses and do not expect positive cash flows from operations for the foreseeable future. However, based on our cash, cash equivalents and investments, we believe we will have adequate liquidity over the next twelve months following the date of this Annual Report to operate our business and to meet our cash requirements. If our available cash, cash equivalents and investments and anticipated cash flows from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may consider raising additional

94


Table of Contents

capital to expand our business, pursue strategic investments, take advantage of financing opportunities or for other reasons.

We enter into agreements as a part of the normal course of business with various vendors, which are generally cancellable without material penalty upon written notice. Payments associated with these agreements are not included in this discussion of contractual obligations.

Our operating lease obligations reflect our lease obligations for our office and laboratory space in Redwood City, California and office space in San Diego, California. We lease approximately 51,000 square feet of office and laboratory space in Redwood City, California, and the lease is set to end on September 30, 2032 with an option to renew for an additional five-year term at then-current market rates. We maintain a letter of credit issued to the lessor in the amount of $0.5 million as of each of December 31, 2023 and 2022, which is secured by restricted cash and is presented as noncurrent at each date based on the term of the underlying lease. We lease approximately 6,000 square feet of office space in San Diego, California that runs through September 2024.

We have certain purchase commitments related to our inventory management with certain manufacturing suppliers wherein we are required to purchase the amounts forecasted in a blanket purchase order within a certain time period. The contractual obligations represent future cash commitments and liabilities under agreements with third parties and exclude orders for goods and services entered into in the normal course of business that are not enforceable or subject to change. These outstanding commitments amounted to $6.3 million as of December 31, 2023.

We take a long-term view in growing and scaling our business and regularly review opportunities that meet our long-term growth objectives. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our revenue growth rate, investments in continued commercialization efforts, acquisitions of complementary or enhancing technologies or businesses, including intellectual property rights, the timing and extent of additional capital expenditures to invest in existing and new facilities, the expansion of sales and marketing and international activities and the extent and magnitude of our ongoing research and development programs.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(59,065

)

 

$

(60,780

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

37,904

 

 

 

(122,718

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

452

 

 

 

3,893

 

Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

$

(20,709

)

 

$

(179,605

)

 

Operating Activities

In 2023, cash used in operating activities was $59.1 million, attributable to a net loss of $86.3 million, partially offset by a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $2.7 million and non-cash charges of $29.9 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation of $34.4 million, $5.6 million of depreciation and amortization, $0.8 million of provision for inventory excess and obsolescence, $0.4 million of loss on disposal of property and equipment, and $0.2 million of non-cash operating lease expense, offset by $11.5 million of net accretion of premiums on available-for-sale securities. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in inventory levels of $1.9 million for anticipated revenue growth and a $1.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, which was partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable of $0.3 million.

95


Table of Contents

In 2022, cash used in operating activities was $60.8 million, attributable to a net loss of $93.0 million, partially offset by a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $7.1 million and non-cash charges of $39.3 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of stock-based compensation of $33.7 million, $3.9 million of depreciation and amortization and $1.7 million of non-cash operating lease expense. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in inventory levels of $1.6 million for anticipated revenue growth, an increase in accounts receivable of $2.3 million from higher sales, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.7 million, an increase in other receivables of $0.5 million, an increase in other assets of $0.4 million and a decrease of $1.6 million in accounts payable.

Investing Activities

In 2023, cash provided by investing activities was $37.9 million, which related to the proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities of $445.3 million and proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities of $3.0 million. This was offset by the purchases of available-for-sale securities of $403.1 million and purchases of property and equipment, primarily for laboratory equipment, of $7.3 million.

In 2022, cash used in investing activities was $122.7 million, which related to purchases of available-for-sale securities, net of proceeds from maturities, of $112.6 million, in addition to $10.3 million in payments primarily for laboratory equipment.

Financing Activities

In 2023, cash provided by financing activities was $0.5 million, which was primarily attributable to proceeds of $0.4 million from the issuance of Class A common stock in connection with our employee stock purchase plan and net proceeds of $0.1 million from the exercise of stock options.

In 2022, cash provided by financing activities was $3.9 million. This was attributable to net proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $3.1 million and $0.8 million of proceeds from the issuance of Class A common stock in connection with our employee stock purchase plan.

Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Judgments and Use of Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as revenue and expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, we believe that the following critical accounting policies are most important to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

 

96


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue is generated primarily from sales of products and services. Product revenue consists of sales of an instrument with embedded software essential to the instrument’s functionality and consumables. Service revenue primarily consists of revenue received from the generation and analysis of proteomic data on behalf of our customers.

We recognize revenue when control of our products and services is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive from our customers in exchange for those products and services. This process involves identifying the contract with a customer, determining the performance obligations in the contract, determining the transaction price, allocating the transaction price to the distinct performance obligations in the contract, and recognizing revenue when the performance obligations have been satisfied. A performance obligation is considered distinct from other obligations in a contract when it provides a benefit to the customer either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and is separately identified in the contract. We consider a performance obligation satisfied once we have transferred control of a good or service to the customer, meaning the customer has the ability to use and obtain the benefit of the good or service.

Revenue from product sales is recognized when control of the product is transferred, which is generally upon shipment to the customer. In instances where right of payment or transfer of title is contingent upon the customer’s acceptance of the product, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. Revenue from services is recognized once the report is delivered to a customer, which is when the customer obtains benefit of the service.

Revenue is recorded net of discounts and sales taxes collected on behalf of governmental authorities. Customers are invoiced generally upon shipment, or upon delivery of services, and payment is typically due within 30 or 60 days. Cash received from customers in advance of product shipment or providing services is recorded as a contract liability. Our contracts with our customer generally do not include rights of return.

At times, we may enter into arrangements with payment terms which exceed one year from the transfer of control of the product or service. In such cases, we assess whether the arrangement contains a significant financing component. If a significant financing component exists, the transaction price is adjusted for the financing portion of the arrangement, which is recorded as interest income over the payment term using the effective interest method. We do not assess whether a significant financing component exists when, at contract inception, the period between the transfer of control to a customer and final payment is one year or less.

We have elected the practical expedient to account for shipping and handling activities that occur after the customer has obtained control as a fulfillment activity. We expense incremental costs of obtaining a contract as and when incurred if the expected amortization period is one year or less or the amount is immaterial. We exclude from the transaction price all taxes assessed by a governmental authority on revenue-producing transactions that are collected by us from a customer.

We regularly enter into contracts that include various combinations of products and services which are generally distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. The transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation in proportion to its standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling price using average selling prices with consideration of current market conditions. If the product or service has no history of sales or if the sales volume is not sufficient, we rely upon prices set by management, adjusted for applicable discounts.

A portion of our revenue relates to lease arrangements. Standalone lease arrangements are outside the scope of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 606, Revenue Contracts with Customer and are therefore accounted for in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. The total consideration in a lease arrangement is allocated between lease and non-lease components on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling price is based on the price we

97


Table of Contents

would separately sell that promised good or service to a customer. If a stand-alone price is not available for a component, it is estimated using the best information available.

Shipping revenue is recognized when control of the product is transferred to the customer, and the related shipping and handling costs are included in the cost of revenue.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense relates to stock options with service-based vesting conditions, stock options with performance and market-based vesting conditions, stock purchase rights under our employee stock purchase plan (ESPP), restricted common stock awards (RSAs) and restricted stock units (RSUs). All awards are measured at fair value on grant date and forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

We estimate the fair value of stock options with service conditions and stock purchase rights under our ESPP on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model. We use the straight-line method to allocate compensation cost to reporting periods over the requisite service period in which the awards are expected to vest.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model considers several variables and assumptions in estimating the fair value of service-based stock options and stock purchase rights under our ESPP. These variables include the per share fair value of the underlying common stock, expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield over the expected term. For all service-based stock options granted, we calculate the expected term using the simplified method for “plain vanilla” stock option awards. For the expected volatility, we use a blended rate based on the historical volatility of the stock price of our Class A common stock and average volatility of our comparable publicly traded peer companies. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, life cycle stage, or area of specialty. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the options. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock.

For stock options with performance and market-based vesting conditions, stock-based compensation expense is recognized using an accelerated attribution method based on the derived service periods and not reversed if the achievement of the market condition does not occur. The fair value of these stock options is estimated using the Monte Carlo simulation model.

We value RSAs based on the difference between the fair value of the underlying stock at the measurement date and the purchase price. We value RSUs based on the fair value of the underlying stock at the measurement date.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms, and interest rates utilized for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis. Assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted involve inherent uncertainties and the application of significant judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our equity-based compensation could be materially different.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information about recent accounting pronouncements, the timing of their adoption, and our assessment, to the extent we have made one yet, of their potential impact on our financial condition of results of operations.

98


Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We have exposure to interest rate risk that relates to our cash and cash equivalents and investments held in money market funds, U.S. Treasury securities, commercial paper, corporate debt securities and government agency debt. The goals of our investment policy are liquidity and capital preservation. We believe that we do not have material exposure to changes in the fair value of these assets as a result of changes in interest rates due to the short-term nature of our cash and cash equivalents and investments.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 34)

100

Consolidated Balance Sheets

103

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

104

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

105

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

106

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

107

 

99


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Seer, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Seer, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

100


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition for Products, Services, and Related Parties - Refer to Notes 2, 5 and 11 to the Financial Statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company generates revenue from sales of products and services. The Company’s product, the Proteograph Product Suite, consists of an instrument with embedded software essential to the instrument’s functionality and consumables. The Company’s services primarily consist of the generation and analysis of proteomic data. The Company recognizes revenue when control of the products and services are transferred to its customers in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to receive from its customers in exchange for those products and services. This process involves identifying the contract with a customer, determining performance obligations in the contract, determining the transaction price, allocating the transaction price to the distinct performance obligations in the contract, and recognizing revenue when the performance obligations have been satisfied.

The Company regularly enters into contracts that include various combinations of products and services, which are generally distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. A performance obligation is considered distinct from other obligations in a contract when it provides a benefit to the customer either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and is distinct within the context of the contract. The Company considers a performance obligation satisfied once it has transferred control of a good or service to the customer, meaning the customer has the ability to direct the use and obtain substantially all the economic benefits from the good or service. In instances where right of payment or transfer of title is contingent upon the customer’s acceptance of the product, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. The transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation in proportion to its standalone selling price. The Company determines the standalone selling price using average selling prices with consideration of current market conditions. If the product or service has no history of sales or if the sales volume is not sufficient, the Company relies upon prices set by management, adjusted for applicable discounts.

Given the significant judgments made by management to determine whether various combinations of products and services are distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations, whether performance obligations have been satisfied, and the standalone selling price of performance obligations, performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s judgments in the recognition of products and services revenue required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the involvement of more experienced engagement team members. We have identified the revenue recognition of products and services revenue as a critical audit matter.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s revenue recognition for the Company’s customer contracts included the following, among others:

o
We evaluated the reasonableness of the Company’s significant accounting policies related to products and services revenue recognition.
o
We selected a sample of recorded products and services revenue transactions and performed the following procedures:
Obtained and read customer source documents such as contracts, master agreements, and/or amendments thereto, to evaluate if relevant contractual terms have been appropriately identified and considered by management in making revenue recognition judgments.

101


Table of Contents

Evaluated management’s application of the Company’s accounting policy and tested revenue recognition for the distinct performance obligations by comparing management’s judgments to the underlying source documents.
Tested the mathematical accuracy of management’s calculations of products and services revenue.
Evaluated the appropriateness of management’s determination of the timing of revenue recognition and obtained third-party evidence of transfer of control of the products and services to the customer.
o
We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s determination of standalone selling prices by performing the following:
Evaluated the application of the Company’s accounting policy and mathematical accuracy of the determined standalone selling prices.
Tested the completeness and accuracy of the source data used in management’s calculations.

/s/ Deloitte and Touche LLP

 

San Francisco, California

March 4, 2024

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.

102


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

32,499

 

 

$

53,208

 

Short-term investments

 

 

283,725

 

 

 

368,031

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

4,831

 

 

 

4,315

 

Related party receivables

 

 

559

 

 

 

1,804

 

Other receivables

 

 

1,326

 

 

 

899

 

Inventory

 

 

4,491

 

 

 

4,627

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

3,082

 

 

 

2,098

 

Total current assets

 

 

330,513

 

 

 

434,982

 

Long-term investments

 

 

56,858

 

 

 

5,157

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

25,177

 

 

 

27,003

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

22,193

 

 

 

19,408

 

Restricted cash

 

 

524

 

 

 

524

 

Other assets

 

 

1,004

 

 

 

855

 

Total assets

 

$

436,269

 

 

$

487,929

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,370

 

 

$

2,104

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

9,212

 

 

 

8,298

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

206

 

 

 

133

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

 

2,295

 

 

 

1,842

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

139

 

 

 

207

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

13,222

 

 

 

12,584

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

 

 

25,964

 

 

 

28,032

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

 

179

 

 

 

320

 

Total liabilities

 

 

39,365

 

 

 

40,936

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized as of
    December 31, 2023 and 2022;
zero shares issued and outstanding
    as of December 31, 2023 and 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value; 94,000,000 shares authorized
    as of December 31, 2023 and 2022;
60,253,707 and 59,366,077 shares
    issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Class B common stock, $0.00001 par value; 6,000,000 shares authorized
    as of December 31, 2023 and 2022;
4,044,969 shares
    issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

702,868

 

 

 

667,739

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(192

)

 

 

(1,251

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(305,773

)

 

 

(219,496

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

396,904

 

 

 

446,993

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

436,269

 

 

$

487,929

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

103


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

Product

$

8,506

 

 

$

8,557

 

Service

 

2,016

 

 

 

913

 

Related party

 

4,660

 

 

 

5,215

 

Grant and other

 

1,479

 

 

 

808

 

Total revenue

 

16,661

 

 

 

15,493

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

5,398

 

 

 

5,459

 

Service

 

685

 

 

 

495

 

Related party

 

1,430

 

 

 

1,989

 

Grant and other

 

642

 

 

 

457

 

Total cost of revenue

 

8,155

 

 

 

8,400

 

Gross profit

 

8,506

 

 

 

7,093

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

53,019

 

 

 

45,797

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

58,950

 

 

 

58,531

 

Total operating expenses

 

111,969

 

 

 

104,328

 

Loss from operations

 

(103,463

)

 

 

(97,235

)

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

17,764

 

 

 

4,602

 

Other expense

 

(578

)

 

 

(333

)

Total other income

 

17,186

 

 

 

4,269

 

Net loss

$

(86,277

)

 

$

(92,966

)

Other comprehensive gain (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities

 

1,059

 

 

 

(715

)

Comprehensive loss

$

(85,218

)

 

$

(93,681

)

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$

(1.35

)

 

$

(1.49

)

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

63,850,490

 

 

 

62,433,613

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

104


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Class A and Class B
Common Stock

 

 

Additional Paid in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

62,015,483

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

629,981

 

 

$

(126,530

)

 

$

(536

)

 

$

502,916

 

Issuance of Class A common stock from exercise of options and
   release of restricted stock units

 

 

1,293,905

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,138

 

Repurchase of Class A common stock

 

 

(5,841

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting of early exercised stock options and restricted
   common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

172

 

Issuance of Class A common stock in connection with employee
   stock purchase plan

 

 

107,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

775

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,673

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,673

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(715

)

 

 

(715

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(92,966

)

 

 

 

 

 

(92,966

)

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

 

63,411,046

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

667,739

 

 

$

(219,496

)

 

$

(1,251

)

 

$

446,993

 

Issuance of Class A common stock from exercise of options and
   release of restricted stock units

 

 

699,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

97

 

Repurchase of Class A common stock

 

 

(5,063

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting of early exercised stock options and restricted
   common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

240

 

Issuance of Class A common stock in connection with employee
   stock purchase plan

 

 

193,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

368

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,424

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,424

 

Other comprehensive gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,059

 

 

 

1,059

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(86,277

)

 

 

 

 

 

(86,277

)

Balance at December 31, 2023

 

 

64,298,676

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

702,868

 

 

$

(305,773

)

 

$

(192

)

 

$

396,904

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

105


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(86,277

)

 

$

(92,966

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

34,424

 

 

 

33,673

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

5,578

 

 

 

3,942

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

399

 

 

 

332

 

Net accretion of discount on available-for-sale securities

 

 

(11,548

)

 

 

(833

)

Provision for inventory excess and obsolescence

 

 

872

 

 

 

507

 

Non-cash operating lease expense

 

 

211

 

 

 

1,655

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

302

 

 

 

(2,874

)

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(1,313

)

 

 

(1,081

)

Inventory

 

 

(1,948

)

 

 

(1,590

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(987

)

 

 

(1,553

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

73

 

 

 

(243

)

Accrued liabilities and other liabilities

 

 

1,149

 

 

 

251

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(59,065

)

 

 

(60,780

)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(7,309

)

 

 

(10,265

)

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

170

 

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

 

 

(403,092

)

 

 

(366,268

)

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities

 

 

2,990

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities

 

 

445,315

 

 

 

253,645

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

37,904

 

 

 

(122,718

)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of Class A common stock

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(20

)

Proceeds from exercise of Class A common stock options

 

 

97

 

 

 

3,138

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock purchase plan

 

 

368

 

 

 

775

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

452

 

 

 

3,893

 

Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

(20,709

)

 

 

(179,605

)

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

 

 

53,732

 

 

 

233,337

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

 

$

33,023

 

 

$

53,732

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

415

 

 

$

354

 

Inventory transferred to property and equipment

 

$

1,332

 

 

$

928

 

Property and equipment transferred to inventory

 

$

121

 

 

$

327

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets transferred to fixed asset

 

$

181

 

 

$

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

106


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.
ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

Seer, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in Delaware on March 16, 2017, and is headquartered in Redwood City, California. In December 2020, the Company formed the wholly-owned subsidiary, Seer Securities Corporation, located in Massachusetts. On May 25, 2022, the Company incorporated Seer Bio UK Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary, under the laws of United Kingdom. The Company is a life sciences company focused on capturing deep molecular insights from the proteome to enable novel insights and breakthroughs in the understanding of biology and disease.

Liquidity

As of December 31, 2023, the Company has incurred significant losses and has had negative cash flows from operations. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had cash and cash equivalents and investments of $373.1 million and an accumulated deficit of $305.8 million. Management expects to continue to incur significant expenses for the foreseeable future and to incur operating losses in the near term while the Company makes investments to support its anticipated growth. The Company believes that its cash and cash equivalents and investments as of December 31, 2023 provide sufficient capital resources to continue its operations for at least 12 months from the issuance date of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

2.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Seer, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, those related to the determination of stand-alone selling price for revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, allowance for credit losses, inventory valuation, operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities, useful lives and valuation of property and equipment, income tax uncertainties, and tax valuation allowances.

Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and investments. The Company maintains bank deposits in federally insured financial institutions, and these deposits may exceed federally insured limits. The Company is exposed to credit risk

107


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

in the event of default by the financial institutions holding its cash and cash equivalents and issuers of investments to the extent account balances exceed the amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

In fiscal year 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized revenue from a related party that represented 28% and 32%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenue.

In fiscal year 2023 and 2022, 30% and 26%, respectively, of the total revenue was generated outside of the United States, primarily from countries in Asia and Europe.

As of December 31, 2023, there were two customers which represented 14% and 10% of the total accounts receivable balance, including related party receivables. As of December 31, 2022, there were three customers which represented 25%, 12%, and 10% of the total accounts receivable balance, including related party receivables.

Equity Method Investments

The Company utilizes the equity method to account for investments when it possesses the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over the operating and financial decisions of the investee.

In applying the equity method, the Company records the investment at cost and subsequently increases or decreases the carrying amount of the investment by its proportionate share of the net earnings or losses and other comprehensive income of the investee based on its percentage of common stock ownership during the respective reporting period. Payments to investees such as additional investments and payments from investees such as dividends are recorded as adjustments to the carrying value of the investment. In the event that net losses of the investee reduce the carrying amount to zero, no additional net losses are recorded unless the Company makes additional investment in the investee, has guaranteed obligations of the investee, or is otherwise committed to provide further financial support for the investee.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company has an equity method investment in PrognomiQ. Refer to Note 11 for additional information.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2023, all amounts recorded as cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market funds, corporate debt securities and U.S. Treasury securities and are stated at fair value. As of December 31, 2022, all amounts recorded as cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds and are stated at fair value.

Restricted cash as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 represents cash held by a financial institution as security for a letter of credit issued to the lessor for one of the Company’s operating leases and is classified as noncurrent.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

32,499

 

 

$

53,208

 

Restricted cash

 

 

524

 

 

 

524

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

$

33,023

 

 

$

53,732

 

 

108


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Investments

The Company has designated all investments, which include U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Non-Treasury securities, commercial paper and corporate debt securities as available-for-sale, and therefore, such investments are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a component of other comprehensive loss. The cost of available-for-sale securities is adjusted for the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to expected maturity. Such amortization and accretion are included in other income (expense) on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses and interest income on available-for-sale securities are also included in other income (expense). The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2023, the Company classifies its available-for-sale securities as short-term investments or long-term investments based on the remaining contractual maturity of the securities.

All of the Company’s investments are subject to a periodic impairment review. The Company recognizes an impairment charge when a decline in the fair value of its investments below the cost basis is judged to be other than temporary. Factors considered in determining whether a loss is temporary include the length of time and extent to which an investment’s fair value has been less than its cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, extent of the loss related to credit of the issuer, the expected cash flows from the security, the Company’s intent to sell the security and whether or not the Company will be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company did not recognize any impairment charges on its investments.

Any unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities that are attributed to credit risk are recorded to the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss through an allowance for credit losses.

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due from customers for the sales of products and services, net of any allowance for credit losses. The Company’s expected loss allowance methodology for receivables is developed using its historical collection experience, current and future economic market conditions and a review of the current aging status and financial condition of its customers. Balances are written off when they are ultimately determined to be uncollectible. There were $4,000 and $30,000 allowances for credit losses related to accounts receivable as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Inventory

Inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value on a first-in, first-out basis. Provisions for slow-moving, excess or obsolete inventories are recorded when required to reduce inventory values to their estimated net realizable values based on product expiration, development plans, or quality issues. The Company writes down specifically identified unusable, obsolete, slow-moving or known unsalable inventory in the period that it is first recognized by using a number of factors, including product expiration dates, open and unfulfilled orders and sales forecasts. Any write-down of its inventory to net realizable value establishes a new cost basis and will be maintained even if certain circumstances suggest that the inventory is recoverable in subsequent periods. Costs associated with the write-down of inventory are recorded to cost of revenue on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

109


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are as follows: laboratory equipment and furniture and fixtures - five years, and computer equipment and software - three years. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Major replacements and improvements are capitalized, while general repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is included as a part of other expense within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates the carrying amount of its long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment exist and the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by such assets are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded to write the asset down to its estimated fair value based on a discounted future cash flow approach or quoted market values. There have been no such impairment losses for the periods presented.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at contract inception and classifies each lease as operating, sales-type or finance lease.

Operating lease right-of-use (ROU) assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date of the lease. ROU assets also include any initial direct costs incurred and any lease payments made at or before the lease commencement date, less any lease incentive received. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate in determining the present value of lease payments based on the information available at the date of lease commencement. The incremental borrowing rate reflects the rate of interest that a lessee would have to pay to borrow, on a collateralized basis over a similar term, an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. Lease expense for an operating lease is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company elected to not separate non-lease components from the associated lease components and to not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases with a term of twelve months or less. Variable lease payments are primarily related to property taxes, insurance and common area maintenance, and are recognized as lease costs when incurred.

110


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue primarily from sales of products and services. The Company’s product, the Proteograph Product Suite, consists of an instrument with embedded software essential to the instrument's functionality and consumables. The service revenue primarily consists of revenue received from the generation and analysis of proteomic data on behalf of the customer.

The Company recognizes revenue when control of the products and services is transferred to its customers in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to receive from its customers in exchange for those products and services. This process involves identifying the contract with a customer, determining the performance obligations in the contract, determining the transaction price, allocating the transaction price to the distinct performance obligations in the contract, and recognizing revenue when the performance obligations have been satisfied. A performance obligation is considered distinct from other obligations in a contract when it provides a benefit to the customer either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and is distinct within the context of the contract. The Company considers a performance obligation satisfied once it has transferred control of a good or service to the customer, meaning the customer has the ability to direct the use and obtain substantially all the economic benefits from the good or service.

Revenue from product sales is recognized when control of the product is transferred, which is generally upon shipment to the customer. In instances where right of payment or transfer of title is contingent upon the customer’s acceptance of the product, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. Revenue from services is recognized once the report is delivered to a customer, which is when the customer obtains benefit of the service.

Revenue is recorded net of discounts and sales taxes collected on behalf of governmental authorities. Customers are invoiced generally upon shipment, or upon delivery of services, and payment is typically due within 30 or 60 days. Cash received from customers in advance of product shipment or providing services is recorded as a contract liability. The Company’s contracts with its customers generally do not include rights of return.

At times, the Company may enter into arrangements with payment terms which exceed one year from the transfer of control of the product or service. In such cases, the Company assesses whether the arrangement contains a significant financing component. If a significant financing component exists, the transaction price is adjusted for the financing portion of the arrangement, which is recorded as interest income over the payment term using the effective interest method. The Company does not assess whether a significant financing component exists when, at contract inception, the period between the transfer of control to a customer and final payment is one year or less.

The Company elected the practical expedient to account for shipping and handling activities that occur after the customer has obtained control as a fulfillment activity and not a separate performance obligation. The Company expenses incremental costs of obtaining a contract as and when incurred if the expected amortization period is one year or less or the amount is immaterial. The Company excludes from the transaction price all taxes assessed by a governmental authority on revenue-producing transactions that are collected by the Company from a customer.

The Company regularly enters into contracts that include various combinations of products and services, which are generally distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. The transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation in proportion to its standalone selling price. The Company determines the standalone selling price using average selling prices with consideration of current market conditions. If the product or service has no history of sales or if the sales volume is not sufficient, the Company relies upon prices set by management, adjusted for applicable discounts.

111


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Grant and Other Revenue

Grant revenue represents funding under cost reimbursement programs from federal foundation sources for qualified research and development activities performed by the Company and are not based on estimates that are subject to change. Grants received are assessed to determine if the agreement should be accounted for as an exchange transaction or a contribution. An agreement is accounted for as a contribution if the resource provider does not receive commensurate value in return for the assets transferred. Such amounts are recorded as revenue as grant-funded activities are performed up to the amount of expenses incurred. Any advance funding payments are recorded as deferred revenue until the activities are performed.

A portion of the Company’s revenue relates to lease arrangements. Standalone lease arrangements are outside the scope of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 606, Revenue From Contracts With Customers, and are therefore accounted for in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. The total consideration in a lease arrangement is allocated between lease and non-lease components on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling price is based on the price the Company would separately sell that promised good or service to a customer. If a stand-alone price is not available for a component, it is estimated using the best information available.

In determining whether a transaction should be classified as a sales-type or operating lease, the Company considered the following criteria at lease commencement: (1) whether title of the system transfers automatically or for a nominal fee by the end of the lease term, (2) whether the present value of the minimum lease payments equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the leased system, (3) whether the lease term is for the major part of the remaining economic life of the leased system, (4) whether the lease grants the lessee an option to purchase the leased system that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise, and (5) whether the underlying system is of such a specialized nature that it is expected to have no alternative use to the Company at the end of the lease term. If any of these criteria were met, the lease was classified as a sales-type lease. If none of these criteria are met the lease was classified as an operating lease.

Shipping revenue is recognized when control of the product is transferred to the customer. The related shipping and handling costs are included in the cost of revenue.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses include costs associated with research and development of the Company’s technology and product candidates. Research and development expenses primarily consist of employee compensation, including stock-based compensation and employee benefits, laboratory supplies used for in-house research, consulting costs, and allocated costs, including rent, depreciation, information technology and utilities.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of employee compensation, including stock-based compensation, and benefits for executive management, sales and marketing, finance, administrative, human resources, legal functions, allocated costs, professional service fees and other general overhead costs to support the Company's operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense relates to stock options with service-based vesting conditions, stock options with performance and market-based vesting conditions, stock purchase rights under the employee stock purchase plan

112


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(ESPP), restricted common stock awards (RSAs) and restricted stock units (RSUs). All awards are measured at fair value on grant date and forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

The fair value of stock options with service conditions and stock purchase rights under our ESPP on the grant date is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model. The fair value of the awards is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period in which the awards are expected to vest.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model considers several variables and assumptions in estimating the fair value of service-based stock options and stock purchase rights under the ESPP. These variables include the per share fair value of the underlying common stock, expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield over the expected term. For all service-based stock options granted, the Company calculates the expected term using the simplified method for “plain vanilla” stock option awards. For the expected volatility, the Company uses a blended rate based on the historical volatility of the stock price of its Class A common stock and average volatility of comparable publicly traded peer companies. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, life cycle stage, or area of specialty. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the options. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid dividends and has no current plans to pay dividends on its common stock.

For stock options with performance and market-based vesting conditions, stock-based compensation expense is recognized using an accelerated attribution method based on the derived service periods and not reversed if the achievement of the market condition does not occur. The fair value of these stock options is estimated using the Monte Carlo simulation model.

The fair value of RSAs is the difference between the fair value of the underlying stock at the measurement date and the purchase price. The fair value of RSUs is the fair value of the underlying stock at the measurement date.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

A valuation allowance is recorded for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating the ability to recover its deferred income tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including its operating results, ongoing tax planning, and forecasts of future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. In the event the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred income tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance that would reduce the provision for income taxes. Conversely, in the event that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would increase the provision for income taxes in the period when such determination is made.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not

113


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax liability that is more likely than 50 percent to be realized. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included within the provision for income tax. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were no interest and penalties.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Net loss per share of common stock is computed using the two-class method required for multiple classes of common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period has been distributed. The rights, including the liquidation and dividend rights and sharing of losses, of the Class A and Class B common stock are identical, other than voting rights. As the liquidation and dividend rights and sharing of losses are identical, the undistributed earnings are allocated on a proportionate basis and the resulting net loss per share attributed to common stockholders is therefore the same for Class A and Class B common stock on an individual or combined basis.

The Company also considers any shares issued on the early exercise of stock options subject to repurchase to be participating securities because holders of such shares have non-forfeitable dividend rights in the event a dividend is paid on common stock. The holders of early exercised shares subject to repurchase do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses.

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, adjusted for outstanding shares that are subject to repurchase.

Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period using the treasury stock method or the if-converted method based on the nature of such securities. For periods in which the Company reports net losses, diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, because potentially dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, penalties, and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability, or an exit price, in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Fair value measurement establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

The Company determined the fair value of financial assets and liabilities using the fair value hierarchy that describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value, as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

Level 2 - Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are

114


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Segment Information

The Company operates as a single operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker, its Chief Executive Officer, manages the Company’s operations on a consolidated basis for the purposes of allocating resources, making operating decisions and evaluating financial performance.

Prior Period Reclassifications

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation in the consolidated statements of cash flows. There was no change to total cash from operating, investing or financing activities as a result.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2021, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2021-10, Government Assistance (ASC Topic 832): Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance, which contains amendments that require annual disclosures about government that are accounted for by applying a grant or contribution accounting model. The amendments set forth in this ASU are effective for all entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early application of the amendments in this ASU is permitted. The Company adopted this standard prospectively on January 1, 2022, which did not have a material impact on its financial statements as of the adoption date.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASU 2023-09), which requires that an entity disclose specific categories in the effective tax rate reconciliation as well as provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. Further, the ASU requires certain disclosures of state versus federal income tax expense and taxes paid. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2023-09 to have a material impact on its financial statements.

115


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

3.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS AND FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following tables set forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands).

 

 

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

22,646

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

22,646

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

1,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,550

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

 

 

 

 

4,985

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,985

 

Total cash equivalents

 

 

22,646

 

 

 

6,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,181

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

 

 

 

 

225,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

225,180

 

U.S. Non-Treasury securities

 

 

 

 

 

11,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,901

 

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

18,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,186

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

85,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,316

 

Total investments

 

 

 

 

 

340,583

 

 

 

 

 

 

340,583

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 

$

22,646

 

 

$

347,118

 

 

$

 

 

$

369,764

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

53,208

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

53,208

 

Total cash equivalents

 

 

53,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,208

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

 

 

 

 

227,692

 

 

 

 

 

 

227,692

 

U.S. Non-Treasury securities

 

 

 

 

 

10,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,702

 

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

55,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,433

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

79,361

 

 

 

 

 

 

79,361

 

Total investments

 

 

 

 

 

373,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

373,188

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 

$

53,208

 

 

$

373,188

 

 

$

 

 

$

426,396

 

 

There were no financial liabilities measured at fair value. The Company classifies money market funds within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices. The Company classifies its investments in U.S. Treasury securities (Treasury bills, Treasury notes, and Treasury bonds), U.S. Non-Treasury securities (government agency debt), commercial paper, and corporate debt securities as Level 2 instruments and obtains fair value from an independent pricing service, which may use quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments or model-driven valuations using observable market data or inputs corroborated by observable market data.

The carrying amount of the Company’s accounts receivable, other receivables, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to their short maturities.

116


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following is a summary of the Company’s cash equivalents and investments and the gross unrealized holding gains and losses (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

 

Amortized Cost Basis

 

 

Unrealized Gains

 

 

Unrealized Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

22,646

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

22,646

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

1,549

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,550

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

 

4,984

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,985

 

Total cash equivalents

 

 

29,179

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,181

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

 

225,517

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

(392

)

 

 

225,180

 

U.S. Non-Treasury securities

 

 

11,904

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

11,901

 

Commercial paper

 

 

18,166

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

18,186

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

85,190

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

85,316

 

Total investments

 

 

340,777

 

 

 

225

 

 

 

(419

)

 

 

340,583

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 

$

369,956

 

 

$

227

 

 

$

(419

)

 

$

369,764

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

Amortized Cost Basis

 

 

Unrealized Gains

 

 

Unrealized Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

53,208

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

53,208

 

Total cash equivalents

 

 

53,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,208

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

 

228,563

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

(896

)

 

 

227,692

 

U.S. Non-Treasury securities

 

 

10,699

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

10,702

 

Commercial paper

 

 

55,561

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(131

)

 

 

55,433

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

79,616

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(261

)

 

 

79,361

 

Total investments

 

 

374,439

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

(1,291

)

 

 

373,188

 

Total assets measured at fair value

 

$

427,647

 

 

$

40

 

 

$

(1,291

)

 

$

426,396

 

 

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, unrealized losses on available-for-sale investments are not attributable to credit risk and are considered to be temporary. As of December 31, 2023, the Company does not have investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer. The Company believes it is more likely than not that investments in an unrealized loss position will be held until maturity or the recovery of the cost basis of the investment. To date, the Company has not recorded any impairment charges on marketable securities related to other-than-temporary declines in market value. As of December 31, 2023, $56.9 million of available-for-sale investments had remaining maturities between one and two years. The remainder of the available-for-sale investments have a remaining maturity of one year or less. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded $1.3 million and $0.6 million of accrued interest, respectively, related to its available-for-sale investments and is presented as other receivables on the consolidated balance sheets.

117


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4.
OTHER FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

Inventory

Inventory consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Raw materials

 

$

2,118

 

 

$

2,129

 

Work-in-progress

 

 

163

 

 

 

271

 

Finished goods

 

 

2,210

 

 

 

2,227

 

Total inventory

 

$

4,491

 

 

$

4,627

 

 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Laboratory equipment

 

$

28,563

 

 

$

21,122

 

Computer equipment and software

 

 

868

 

 

 

876

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

672

 

 

 

575

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

3,520

 

 

 

3,375

 

Construction-in-progress

 

 

1,109

 

 

 

1,281

 

Property and equipment

 

 

34,732

 

 

 

27,229

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(12,539

)

 

 

(7,821

)

Total property and equipment, net

 

$

22,193

 

 

$

19,408

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $5.6 million and $3.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Accrued compensation

 

$

6,123

 

 

$

6,139

 

Accrued taxes

 

 

501

 

 

 

335

 

Accrued professional services

 

 

242

 

 

 

322

 

Other

 

 

2,346

 

 

 

1,502

 

Total accrued expenses

 

$

9,212

 

 

$

8,298

 

 

5.
REVENUE AND DEFERRED REVENUE

Product revenue consists of instrument with embedded software essential to the instrument's functionality and consumables. Service revenue primarily consists of revenue received from the generation and analysis of proteomic data on behalf of the customer. Related party revenue is comprised of both the sale of products and services performed for related parties, as further discussed in Note 11. Grant and other revenue consists of grant revenue from services performed specifically for the reimbursement of research-related expenses and other revenue which relates to shipping revenue and lease arrangements, as further discussed below.

Deferred revenue activity for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows (in thousands):

118


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

133

 

 

$

376

 

Additions

 

 

879

 

 

 

233

 

Revenue recognized

 

 

(742

)

 

 

(476

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

270

 

 

$

133

 

 

Transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations represents contracted revenue that has not yet been recognized, which includes deferred revenue and non-cancelable amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenues in future periods. As of December 31, 2023, $1.6 million of revenue is expected to be recognized from the remaining performance obligations, of which 97% is expected to be recognized within 12 months.

Grant and Other Revenue

Since August 2019, the Company received a Small Business Innovation Research grant award from the National Institutes of Health for a total funding of $2.0 million for its development of research applications. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized $1.1 million and $0.3 million of grant revenue, respectively, with respect to the award.

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized $0.1 million of lease revenue from operating lease and $0.5 million of lease revenue from sales-type lease, respectively.

6. CAPITAL STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

As of December 31, 2023, the Company is authorized to issue 105,000,000 shares of capital stock consisting of 94,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, 6,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

Class A and Class B common stock have a par value of $0.00001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share. Class B common shares are convertible to Class A common shares at any time at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis. The Class B common stock will also automatically convert into Class A common stock on December 8, 2025. Holders of common stock are entitled to dividends as declared by the Board of Directors, subject to rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding having priority rights as to dividends. There have been no dividends declared to date.

Common stock issued and outstanding on the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of changes in stockholders' equity includes shares related to early exercised options and restricted stock that are subject to repurchase.

7.
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS

In 2017, the Company adopted the 2017 Stock Incentive Plan (2017 Plan), which provided for the granting of awards to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. Awards issuable under the 2017 Plan included incentive stock options (ISOs), nonqualified stock options (NSOs), and restricted stock awards. In 2020, the Company adopted the 2020 RSU Equity Incentive Plan (2020 RSU Plan), which provided for the granting of RSUs to employees and consultants of the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company and members of our board of directors.

119


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

In 2020, the Company adopted the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (2020 Plan), which became effective in connection with the IPO. Awards issuable under the 2020 Plan include ISOs, NSOs, restricted stock awards, RSUs, stock appreciation rights and performance awards, to employees and consultants of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company and members of our board of directors. The Company’s 2017 Plan and 2020 RSU Plan were terminated in connection with the IPO and no further grants will be made under the 2017 Plan and 2020 RSU Plan from the date that the 2020 Plan became effective.

Stock Options

Stock options to purchase the Company’s Class A common stock may be granted at a per share exercise price not less than the fair market value of a share of the Company’s Class A common stock at the date of grant in the case of both NSOs and ISOs, except for grants of ISOs to an employee who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, in which case the per share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value per Class A common stock on the grant date. Stock options granted under the 2017 Plan and 2020 Plan generally vest over four years and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. 5,336,569 shares of Class A common stock were initially reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan, which includes 516,710 shares that remained available for issuance under the 2017 Plan. Additional shares subject to certain equity awards that otherwise would have returned to the 2017 Plan or the 2020 RSU Plan may become available for issuance under the 2020 Plan. The 2020 Plan also provides for an annual, automatic increase in the number of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan as of the first day of each fiscal year of the Company beginning with the Company’s 2021 fiscal year, in an amount equal to the least of (a) 9,037,149 shares, (b) a number of shares equal to 5% of the total number of shares of all classes of common stock of the Company outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (c) such number of shares determined by the administrator of the 2020 Plan prior to the date of such share increase. As of December 31, 2023, there are 14,570,948 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan, 4,366,211 shares of which are available for issuance in connection with grants of future awards.

Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted-Average Remaining Term (Years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

 

10,214,430

 

 

$

13.90

 

 

 

8.00

 

 

$

12,685

 

Options granted

 

 

3,576,669

 

 

 

4.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

(188,998

)

 

 

0.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options forfeited

 

 

(1,657,069

)

 

 

8.92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

 

 

11,945,032

 

 

$

11.89

 

 

 

6.89

 

 

$

454

 

Vested and exercisable, December 31, 2023

 

 

6,893,780

 

 

$

8.88

 

 

 

6.40

 

 

$

410

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, was $4.19 and $14.15 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, was $0.5 million and $12.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation related to unvested stock options was $30.8 million, which the Company expects to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.33 years.

120


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The fair value of stock options granted to employees, directors, and non-employees that are calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

3.4% - 4.7%

 

 

1.6% - 4.2%

 

Expected volatility

 

76.0% - 83.5%

 

 

59.8% - 97.0%

 

Expected term (in years)

 

5.77 - 6.08

 

 

5.77 - 6.08

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market Condition Options

In February 2023, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,794,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock to certain Company executives, with vesting subject to market conditions (Market Condition Options). The Market Condition Options become eligible to vest if the average of the closing sales prices of a share of Class A common stock over a trailing twenty trading day period within seven years from the date of grant reaches a stock price of $6.89 per share (the Market Price Milestone). If the Market Price Milestone is achieved, 25% of each Market Condition Option will vest upon certification of such achievement, subject to the recipient’s continued service through the Market Price Milestone achievement date, and an additional 25% of each Market Condition Option will then vest on each of the one-, two- or three-year anniversaries of the Market Price Milestone achievement date, respectively, subject to the recipient’s continued service through the applicable anniversary date. In the event of the Company’s change in control during the seven-year performance period, the performance period will be shortened, achievement of the Market Price Milestone will be assessed based on the per share value of consideration that stockholders receive in the transaction (the change in control price), and if the Market Price Milestone is achieved on that basis, each Market Condition Option will vest in full as of immediately prior to the change in control, subject to the recipient’s continued service as of immediately prior to the change in control.

The Market Condition Options had a grant date fair value of approximately $5.2 million determined using a lattice-binomial option-pricing model based on a Monte Carlo simulation. The following assumptions were used to determine the grant date fair value of $2.80 - $3.02: (i) risk-free interest rate: 3.94%; (ii) expected volatility: 83.10%; (iii) expected dividend yield: 0.0% and (iv) strike price of $4.59. Compensation expense is recognized using an accelerated attribution method based on the derived service periods for each of the tranches. Failure to meet the market condition for an award does not result in reversal of previously recognized expense, so long as the service is provided for the duration of the respective derived service period.

The Company recognized compensation expense of $2.4 million related to the Market Condition Options for the year ended December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, there was $2.8 million in unrecognized compensation related to unvested Market Condition Options, which the Company expects to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.41 years.

Restricted Stock Awards

Certain stock options granted under the 2017 Plan provide stock option holders the right to exercise unvested stock options in exchange for restricted shares of Class A common stock. The Company has also issued restricted shares of Class A common stock under the 2020 Plan to employees and directors. There were 1,023 shares and 60,787 shares of restricted stock that were unvested and subject to repurchase as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

121


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Restricted Stock Units

The Company has granted RSUs under the 2020 RSU Plan and the 2020 Plan. Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are share awards that entitle the holder to receive freely tradable shares of the Company’s common stock upon vesting. The RSUs cannot be transferred and the awards are subject to forfeiture if the holder’s employment terminates prior to the release of the vesting restrictions. The fair value of the RSUs is equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The RSUs generally vest over four years from the vesting start date.

RSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

 

1,650,976

 

 

$

18.23

 

Granted

 

 

3,415,976

 

 

 

3.86

 

Vested

 

 

(510,538

)

 

 

18.13

 

Forfeited

 

 

(876,338

)

 

 

7.37

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

 

 

3,680,076

 

 

$

7.49

 

 

As of December 31, 2023, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation related to RSUs was $20.1 million, which the Company expects to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 2.9 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In November 2020, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), which was subsequently approved by the Company’s stockholders and became effective in connection with the IPO. The ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation.

A total of 602,570 shares of Class A common stock initially were reserved for issuance under the ESPP. The ESPP provides for an annual, automatic increase in the number of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP as of the first day of each fiscal year of the Company beginning with the Company’s 2021 fiscal year, in an amount equal to the least of (a) 1,807,476 shares, (b) a number of shares equal to 1% of the total number of shares of all classes of common stock of the Company outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (c) such number of shares determined by the administrator of the ESPP prior to the date of such share increase. A total of 1,829,437 shares of Class A common stock are reserved for issuance under the ESPP as of December 31, 2023. During the year ended December 31, 2023, 193,157 shares of Class A common stock were issued under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2023, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation related to the ESPP was $0.1 million, which the Company expects to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 0.37 years.

The fair value of the ESPP shares is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

5.3% - 5.4%

 

 

1.5% - 4.5%

 

Expected volatility

 

85.7% - 97.3%

 

 

79.1% - 88.5%

 

Expected term (in years)

 

 

0.50

 

 

 

0.50

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes the components of stock-based compensation recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

1,490

 

 

$

1,083

 

Research and development

 

 

9,709

 

 

 

9,125

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

23,225

 

 

 

23,465

 

Total stock-based compensation

 

$

34,424

 

 

$

33,673

 

 

In February 2022, in connection with a leave of absence taken by one of the Company’s executives, a total of 1,330,892 share-based awards were modified to extend the overall term and change the timing of the vesting of the awards. The total incremental stock-based compensation associated with the modification was $0.9 million, of which none remains unrecognized for the period ended December 31, 2023. On September 30, 2022, the executive resigned from his position as President of the Company and from the Company’s Board of Directors.

On June 21, 2022, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an option repricing to reduce the exercise price of certain vested, outstanding, and unexercised stock options with an exercise price greater than $19.00 per share, each of which was granted under the 2020 Plan, that were held by employees who were not members of the Board of Directors or officers for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Non-Section 16 employees) to $19.00 per share, which was the Company’s initial public offering price. The Board of Directors also approved the repricing of certain unvested, outstanding, and unexercised stock options with an exercise price greater than $19.00 per share that were held by Non-Section 16 employees to $7.40 per share, which was the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on the date of the approval of the repricing. Except for the exercise price, the amended stock options have the same terms and conditions (including vesting schedule, number of shares, and expiration date) and will continue to be governed by the terms of the 2020 Plan.

The Company recorded $0.7 million and $4.8 million of incremental compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. The total unrecognized incremental stock-based compensation associated with the option repricing is $1.1 million, which will be recognized over the next two years.

8.
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan covering eligible employees. Participants may contribute a portion of their annual compensation limited to a maximum annual amount set by the Internal Revenue Service. In 2022, the Company implemented a 401(k) match program. For each of fiscal years 2023 and 2022, the Company contributed $0.4 million to the 401(k) plan.

9.
LEASES

As a lessee, the Company leases approximately 51,000 square feet of office and laboratory space in Redwood City, California with a lease term that is set to end in September 2032. The Company has an option to renew all leased space for an additional five-year term at then-current market rates. In connection with the lease, the Company maintains a letter of credit issued to the lessor in the amount of $0.5 million as of each of December 31, 2023 and 2022, which is secured by restricted cash and is presented as noncurrent at each date based on the term of the

123


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

underlying lease. In addition, the Company leases approximately 6,000 square of office space in San Diego, California under a lease that runs through September 2024.

The components of lease expense and supplemental information were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Operating lease cost

 

$

4,153

 

 

$

3,690

 

Variable lease costs

 

 

397

 

 

 

599

 

Short-term lease costs

 

 

22

 

 

 

263

 

Total lease costs

 

$

4,572

 

 

$

4,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)

 

 

8.7

 

 

 

9.8

 

Weighted-average incremental borrowing rate

 

 

6.2

%

 

 

6.2

%

Variable lease costs primarily consist of common area maintenance.

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

 

$

3,941

 

 

$

2,200

 

Lease liability obtained in exchange for right-of-use assets

 

$

514

 

 

$

6,855

 

As of December 31, 2023, future minimum commitments under the Company’s non-cancelable facility operating leases are as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2024

 

$

3,969

 

2025

 

 

3,846

 

2026

 

 

3,957

 

2027

 

 

4,072

 

2028

 

 

4,191

 

Thereafter

 

 

16,874

 

Total undiscounted future minumum lease payments

 

 

36,909

 

Present value adjustment for minimum lease commitments

 

 

(8,650

)

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

28,259

 

 

As a lessor, the Company has contracts for equipment leased to customers. The Company accounts for the non-lease component under the revenue recognition ASC 606 guidance and the lease component under ASC 842 guidance.

For an arrangement that has been classified as a sales-type lease, revenue is recognized when the transfer of control of the underlying leased asset has occurred and the net investment lease recorded, which is calculated at the present value of the remaining lease payments due from the lessee. For an arrangement that has been classified as an operating lease, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

10.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments and Obligations

The Company has certain purchase commitments related to its inventory management with certain manufacturing suppliers wherein the Company is required to purchase the amounts forecasted in a blanket purchase order within a certain time period. The contractual obligations represent future cash commitments and liabilities under agreements

124


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

with third parties and exclude orders for goods and services entered into in the normal course of business that are not enforceable or are subject to change. These outstanding commitments amounted to $6.3 million and $5.7 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Guarantees and Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements that contain a variety of representations and provide for general indemnification. The Company’s exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future. The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with certain directors and officers that require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of the status or service as directors or officers. To date, the Company has not paid any claims or been required to defend any action related to its indemnification obligations. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company does not have any material indemnification claims that were probable or reasonably possible and consequently has not recorded related liabilities.

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

11.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In August 2020, the Company formed a new entity, PrognomiQ, Inc. (PrognomiQ), and entered into a stock purchase agreement with PrognomiQ, pursuant to which the Company transferred to PrognomiQ certain assets that comprise the Company’s human diagnostics activities in exchange for all the outstanding equity interests of PrognomiQ. The Company subsequently completed a pro-rata distribution to its stockholders of most of the shares of capital stock of PrognomiQ.

The Company has concluded that PrognomiQ is a variable interest entities (VIE) due to its reliance on future financing and insufficient equity investment at risk. However, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE as it does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of PrognomiQ and does not have control over the PrognomiQ board of directors. The Company has determined that it has the ability to exercise significant influence over PrognomiQ and therefore has accounted for its investment in PrognomiQ using the equity method. As of each of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the carrying value of the Company’s investment in PrognomiQ was reduced to nil after recognizing net losses based on its percentage of ownership in PrognomiQ.

PrognomiQ constitutes a related party and, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded $0.6 million and $1.5 million in related party receivables, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheets mainly due from product sales. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized revenue of $4.7 million, of which $4.4 million was from product sales, and $5.0 million, all of which was from product sales, respectively, from PrognomiQ and is presented as related party revenue on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

During 2022, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors served as a board member and an executive officer at a company that is a customer of the Company. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded nil and $0.3 million in related party receivables, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheets, representing revenue from products sales. Revenue recognized from the sale of consumables were nil and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, which are presented as related party revenue on the consolidated

125


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company has a contract for equipment leased to this customer that has been classified as a sales-type lease. As of each of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the lease receivables related to the sales-type lease are $0.2 million. The lease receivables are presented as prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

12.
NET LOSS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

The following table shows the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(86,277

)

 

$

(92,966

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing net loss per share
   attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

 

63,850,490

 

 

 

62,433,613

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

$

(1.35

)

 

$

(1.49

)

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented, because including them would have been anti-dilutive (on an as-converted basis):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Class A common stock options issued and outstanding

 

 

11,945,032

 

 

 

10,214,430

 

Restricted common stock subject to future vesting

 

 

1,023

 

 

 

60,787

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

3,680,076

 

 

 

1,650,976

 

Estimated ESPP shares to be issued

 

 

254,385

 

 

 

127,041

 

Total

 

 

15,880,516

 

 

 

12,053,234

 

 

13.
INCOME TAXES

A reconciliation of the expected tax expense (benefit) to the actual tax expense is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Federal tax benefit at statutory rate

 

$

(18,118

)

 

$

(19,523

)

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

(2,491

)

 

 

(6,181

)

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

19,112

 

 

 

24,828

 

Stock-based compensation tax deduction over book expense

 

 

4,012

 

 

 

131

 

Permanent differences

 

 

79

 

 

 

615

 

Research and development credits

 

 

(2,323

)

 

 

(1,920

)

Executive compensation limitation

 

 

384

 

 

 

2,405

 

Other

 

 

(655

)

 

 

(355

)

Total tax expense

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

126


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Deferred income tax reflects the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The categories that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

41,212

 

 

$

33,187

 

Accruals and reserves

 

 

1,296

 

 

 

1,540

 

Research and development credits

 

 

6,415

 

 

 

4,092

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

11,348

 

 

 

7,790

 

Lease liabilities

 

 

7,212

 

 

 

7,663

 

Capitalized research and experimentation

 

 

13,502

 

 

 

7,819

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

80,985

 

 

 

62,134

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(74,026

)

 

 

(54,991

)

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets and intangibles

 

 

(411

)

 

 

(216

)

Right-of-use assets

 

 

(6,426

)

 

 

(6,927

)

Other

 

 

(122

)

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(6,959

)

 

 

(7,143

)

Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

The tax benefit of net operating losses, temporary differences, and credit carryforwards are recorded as an asset to the extent that management assesses that realization is more likely than not. Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of existing deferred. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred since the Company’s incorporation in 2017. Such objective evidence limits the ability to recorded against the Company's net deferred tax assets. The amount of the net deferred tax assets considered realizable, could be adjusted as estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or increased or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence, such as the Company’s projections for growth. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the net changes in the net valuation allowance were an increase of $19.0 million and an increase of $24.8 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $148.1 million and $119.4 million, respectively, which will carry forward indefinitely for federal tax purposes. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $151.8 million and $122.5 million, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2035 for state tax purposes.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had federal research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $5.1 million and $3.0 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2039 and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $4.3 million and $3.1 million, respectively, which will carry forward indefinitely.

Utilization of the Company’s federal and state net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation in the event that there is a change in ownership as provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state codes. Such limitation could result in a deferral or expiration of the utilization of the net

127


Table of Contents

SEER, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company concluded that while ownership changes occurred in 2018, 2020 and 2022, no tax attributes are expected to be expiring unutilized as a result of the Section 382 limitation.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $2.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits is not expected to significantly change over the next 12 months. The Company’s effective income tax rate would not be impacted if the unrecognized tax benefits were recognized in 2023 and 2022, as the Company is in a full valuation allowance position. The beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefits amounts are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Beginning balance

 

$

1,586

 

 

$

839

 

Change related to prior year positions

 

 

26

 

 

 

99

 

Change related to current year positions

 

 

752

 

 

 

648

 

Ending balance

 

$

2,364

 

 

$

1,586

 

 

It is the Company’s policy to include any penalties and interest expense related to income taxes as a component of other expense. Management determined that no accrual for interest and penalties was required as of December 31, 2023.

All tax returns will remain open for examination by the federal and state taxing authorities for three and four years, respectively, from the date of utilization of any net operating loss carryforwards or research and development credits.

14.
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events from December 31, 2023, the date of these consolidated financial statements, through March 4, 2024, which represents the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued for events requiring recording or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company concluded that no events have occurred that would require recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

128


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO), and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and the CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objective and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded, as of December 31, 2023, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of externally-reported consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP). As discussed above, internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and can provide only reasonable assurance that their objectives have been met.

As of December 31, 2023, our management conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based upon that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

We are a smaller reporting company, and therefore our independent registered public accounting firm has not issued a report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems,

129


Table of Contents

no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Insider Trading Arrangements

The following officer and director, as defined in Rule 16a-1(f), adopted a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” as defined in Regulation S-K Item 408, as follows:

On May 17, 2023, David Horn, our Chief Financial Officer and an officer of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, entered into a share trading plan. Mr. Horn’s plan provides for the sale of up to 120,000 shares of Class A common stock between the selling start date and August 15, 2024. Mr. Horn’s trading plan was entered into during an open insider trading window and is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act and the Company’s policies regarding insider transactions.

On September 13, 2023, Deep Nishar, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, entered into a share trading plan. Mr. Nishar’s plan provides for the sale of up to 17,280 shares of Class A common stock between the selling start date and June 30, 2024. Mr. Nishar’s trading plan was entered into during an open insider trading window and is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act and the Company’s policies regarding insider transactions.

No other officers or directors, as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” as defined in Regulation S-K Item 408, during the last fiscal year.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

None.

130


Table of Contents

PART III.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or, persons performing similar functions. The code of business conduct and ethics is available on our website at http://seer.bio. We intend to disclose future amendments to such code, or any waivers of its requirements, applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions, or our directors on our website identified above or in a Current Report on Form 8-K. Information contained on the website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

The remaining information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”) pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which Proxy Statement is expected to be filed with Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

131


Table of Contents

PART IV.

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:

1.
Financial Statements: The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
2.
Financial Statement Schedules: Financial statement schedules have been omitted in this Annual Report because they are not applicable, not required under the instructions or the information requested is set forth in the financial statements or related notes thereto.
3.
Exhibits: The list of exhibits filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K is set forth in the Exhibit Index preceding the signature page and is incorporated herein by reference or filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in each case as indicated therein (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K).

 

Exhibit Number

 

Description

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

8-K

 

001-39747

 

3.1

 

12/8/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amendment to the Amended and Restatement Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

8-K

 

001-39747

 

3.1

 

6/16/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.

8-K

 

001-39747

 

3.2

 

6/16/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.

S-1

 

333-250035

 

4.1

 

11/12/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Description of the Registrant’s securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1+

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.

S-1

 

333-250035

 

10.1

 

11/12/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2+

 

2020 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.

S-1/A

 

333-250035

 

10.2

 

11/30/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3+

 

2017 Stock Incentive Plan and related form agreements.

S-1/A

 

333-250035

 

10.3

 

11/30/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4+

 

2020 RSU Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.

S-1/A

 

333-250035

 

10.4

 

11/30/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5+

 

Amended and Restated 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.

S-8

 

333-270351

 

4.3

 

3/8/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6+

 

Confirmatory Offer Letter between the Registrant and Dr. Omid Farokhzad, dated November 30, 2020.

S-1/A

 

333-250035

 

10.7

 

11/30/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

132


Table of Contents

10.7+

 

Confirmatory Offer Letter between the Registrant and David Horn, dated November 30, 2020.

S-1/A

 

333-250035

 

10.9

 

11/30/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8+

 

CEO Change in Control and Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Dr. Omid Farokhzad, dated November 30, 2020.

S-1/A

 

333-250035

 

10.10

 

11/30/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9+

 

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

S-1/A

 

333-250035

 

10.11

 

11/30/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10#

 

Umbrella Development & Supply Agreement between the Registrant and Hamilton Company, dated March 9, 2020.

S-1

 

333-250035

 

10.14

 

11/12/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11#

 

Exclusive Patent License Agreement between the Registrant and The Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Inc., dated December 18, 2017.

S-1

 

333-250035

 

10.15

 

11/12/2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12+

 

Outside Director Compensation Policy (as amended on February 16, 2023).

10-Q

 

001-39747

 

10.1

 

5/9/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13+

 

Key Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan, and form of Participation Agreement thereunder.

10-Q

 

001-39747

 

10.1

 

11/7/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14+

 

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Elona Kogan, dated November 4, 2020.

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.1

 

Insider Trading Policy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

10-K

 

001-39747

 

21.1

 

3/6/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1†

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2†

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

97.1

 

Compensation Clawback Policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

133


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

Inline XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document With Embedded Linkbase Documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File - the Cover Page Interactive Data File does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

† The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are deemed furnished and not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

# Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

* Filed herewith

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

134


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Date: March 4, 2024

 

SEER, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Omid Farokhzad, M.D.

 

Omid Farokhzad, M.D.

 

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

 

TITLE

 

DATE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Omid Farokhzad, M.D.

 

Chief Executive Officer and

Chair of the Board of Directors

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 4, 2024

Omid Farokhzad, M.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David R. Horn

 

Chief Financial Officer and President

(Principal Financial Officer and Accounting Officer)

 

March 4, 2024

David R. Horn

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Hallal

 

Lead Independent Director

 

March 4, 2024

David Hallal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Meeta Gulyani

 

Director

 

March 4, 2024

Meeta Gulyani

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rachel Haurwitz, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

March 4, 2024

Rachel Haurwitz, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Langer, Sc.D.

 

Director

 

March 4, 2024

Robert Langer, Sc.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Terrance McGuire

 

Director

 

March 4, 2024

Terrance McGuire

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Deep Nishar

 

Director

 

March 4, 2024

Deep Nishar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

135


EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES

REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Seer, Inc. (the “Company”) has one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended: our Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share.

 

As used in this summary, the terms “Seer,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Seer, Inc.

The following is a description of the material terms and provisions relating to our capital stock. The following description is a summary that is not complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, and to provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Copies of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each of which may be amended from time to time, are included as exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-K to which this description is an Exhibit.

 

General

 

The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth herein, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-K to which this description is an Exhibit, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Our authorized capital stock consists of 105,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of which:

 

a. 94,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

b. 6,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and

c. 5,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

 

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of Nasdaq, to issue additional shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Common Stock

 

We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion.

 

Dividend Rights

 

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

 

Voting Rights

 

Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes for each share held, except as


otherwise required by law. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law.

 

Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

 

a. if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a class of stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

b. if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences, or special rights of a class of stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

 

Stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, beginning with the 2023 annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of one year to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Following the 2025 annual meeting of stockholders, our board of directors shall no longer be classified and divided into classes, and all directors will be elected for a term expiring at the following annual meeting of stockholders or, if earlier, their death or resignation.

 

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

 

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

 

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

 

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

Conversion of Class B Common Stock

 

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. Shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock upon sale or transfer of such shares, excluding certain transfers permitted by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The Class B common stock will also automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock on December 8, 2025.

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

No shares of our preferred stock are outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while


providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

 

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

Delaware Law

 

We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

a. the transaction was approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder;

b. upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by directors who are also officers of the corporation and shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

c. at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder and an “interested stockholder” as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing changes in control of our company.

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management team, including the following:

 

Board of Directors Vacancies. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors are permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This will make it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and will promote continuity of management.

 


Classified Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws have historically provided that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. Our current amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, beginning with the 2023 annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of one year to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Following the 2025 annual meeting of stockholders, our board of directors shall no longer be classified and divided into classes, and all directors will be elected for a term expiring at the following annual meeting of stockholders or, if earlier, their death or resignation

 

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations. Our amended and restated bylaws provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

No Cumulative Voting. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

 

Directors Removed Only for Cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

Amendment of Charter Provisions. Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least a two thirds majority of our then outstanding capital stock.

 

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

 

Exclusive Forum. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another State court in Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding under Delaware statutory or common law brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, (iv) any action regarding our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim against us that is


governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except, in each case, any claim (A) as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within 10 days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than such court, or (C) for which such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated bylaws also provide that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to actions arising under the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Although our amended and restated bylaws contain the exclusive forum provision described above, to the extent the exclusive forum provision restricts the courts in which claims arising under the Securities Act may be brought, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a provision, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. We note that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royal Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

a. any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

b. any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

c. unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

d. any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that they are or were one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that they are or were one of our


employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

 

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

 

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

 

The underwriting agreement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Listing

 

Our Class A common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “SEER.”

 


EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

 

November 4, 2020

 

Elona Kogan

Re: Offer of Employment

Dear Elona:

I am pleased to offer you a position with Seer, Inc. (the “Company”) in accordance with the terms of this employment letter agreement (the “Agreement”).

1.
Title; Position; Location. You will serve as the Company’s General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. You will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and will perform the duties and responsibilities customary for such position and such other related duties as are reasonably assigned by the CEO or such officer designated by the CEO. You will perform your duties from the Company’s corporate offices located in Redwood City (with the exception of the period during which any shelter-in-place order, quarantine order, or similar workfrom-home requirement affecting your ability to work at the Company’s corporate offices remains in effect), subject to customary travel as reasonably required by the Company and necessary to perform your job duties.
2.
Base Salary. Your initial annual base salary will be $54,080, increased to $335,000 as of January 1, 2021 (except as provided by the following sentence), which will be payable, less any applicable withholdings, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Upon the later of January 1, 2021 and the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, your annual base salary immediately will increase to $375,000. Your annual base salary will be subject to review and adjustment from time to time by our Board of Directors (our “Board”) or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”), as applicable, in its sole discretion.
3.
Annual Bonus. For the 2021 calendar year, until the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, you will be eligible for a target annual cash bonus opportunity equal to thirty-five percent (35%) of your annual base salary. Upon the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, your target annual cash bonus opportunity for the 2021 calendar year will immediately be increased to forty percent (40%) of your annual base salary. Any annual bonus will be subject to performance and other criteria established by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion, and subject to your continued employment through the date that the bonus is paid to you. Your annual bonus opportunity and the applicable terms and conditions may be adjusted from time to time by our Board or the Committee, as applicable, in its sole discretion, and no amount of any annual bonus is guaranteed.

 

4.
Equity Awards.

a. Stock Options. It will be recommended that, subject to the approval of the Board, in its sole discretion, the Company grant you an award of stock options (the “Initial Option”) to purchase 800,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (“Shares”) under the

 


Company’s 2017 Stock Incentive Plan (or any successor plan, as applicable) and applicable option agreement thereunder, with an exercise price per Share equal to the fair market value per Share on the Initial Option’s date of grant, as determined by the Board. The Company will recommend that the Initial Option be scheduled to vest and become exercisable as to one-fourth (1/4th) of the Shares subject to the Initial Option on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined further below), and as to one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject to the Initial Option on a monthly basis thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (or the last day of the month, if a particular month does not have a corresponding day), subject to your continued service with the Company or its subsidiaries through the applicable vesting date. “Vesting Commencement Date” means, with respect to your Initial Option, January 1, 2021.

5.
Restricted Stock Units. It will be recommended that, subject to the approval of the

Board, in its sole discretion, the Company grant you 100,000 restricted stock units covering the

Company’s Class A common stock (the “Initial RSUs”). The Company will recommend that the Initial RSUs vest as to fifty percent (50%) of the total restricted stock units subject to the grant on the eighteen (18)-month anniversary of a Qualifying IPO, and as to the remaining 50% on the three (3)-year anniversary of a Qualifying IPO, subject to both (1) your continued service with the Company through each vesting date, and (2) your completion of the Relocation (as defined below) by September 1, 2021. If the Relocation is not completed by September 1, 2021, the Initial RSUs will be immediately forfeited. The Initial RSUs will be granted under the 2020 RSU Equity Incentive Plan (or any successor plan, as applicable) and a restricted stock unit agreement thereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Qualifying IPO” means either (i) the first underwritten public offering of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, or (ii) the listing and public trading of the Company’s Class A Common Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market or similar national exchange outside of the United States, in either case occurring within nine (9) years following the date of grant of the Initial RSUs.

6.
Relocation and Relocation Retention Bonus. You are required to relocate your primary residence to Redwood City or the surrounding Bay Area (the “Relocation”) by no later than September 1, 2021. If you fail to complete the Relocation so by such deadline, you agree that you will have materially breached the terms of this Agreement. Upon completion of your Relocation by September 1, 2021, you will be paid a relocation retention bonus of $100,000. This bonus will be paid to you in a lump sum, less applicable withholdings, within thirty (30) days following the completion of the Relocation, subject to your continued employment through the date that the bonus is paid to you.
7.
Employee Benefits. You will be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and programs established by the Company for its employees from time to time, subject to their applicable terms and conditions, including without limitation any eligibility requirements. The Company will reimburse you for reasonable travel or other expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of your duties under this Agreement, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as may be in effect from time to time. Until the completion of your Relocation (but in all events ceasing for expenses incurred on or after September 1, 2021), the Company will reimburse you for reasonable airfare and hotel expenses incurred by you for your work-related travel between your primary residence and the Company’s primary location in Redwood City, California or the Company’s offices in San Diego, CA (the “Travel Reimbursements”), in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time and subject to the requirements described herein. In the event the Travel Reimbursements are taxable to you, the Company also will provide you with (or provide directly to the applicable taxing authorities) additional payments in the amount, as determined by

-2-


the Company, necessary to pay federal, state and local income and employment taxes with respect to (x) such Travel Reimbursements and (y) such additional payments (the “Tax Neutrality Payments”). Any Tax Neutrality Payment will be calculated by the Company based on based on the withholding rates the Company has in effect for you at the time the Travel Reimbursement is reimbursed or provided to you (not to exceed the maximum statutory rates), and the Company’s determination of the Tax Neutrality Payment will be final and binding. In order to receive any taxable Travel Reimbursement or Tax Neutrality Payment, you must remain employed with the Company through the date the applicable Travel Reimbursement or Tax Neutrality Payment, as applicable, is paid or provided to you (or the applicable taxing authorities, as applicable). Further, you are expected to submit appropriate substantiation of airfare and hotel expenses eligible for Travel Reimbursement within thirty (30) days following the date such expenses are incurred, and, once appropriate substantiation (in the good faith determination of the Company) has been submitted, the Travel Reimbursement and any related Tax Neutrality Payment will be paid to you (or the applicable taxing authorities, as applicable) within thirty (30) days. In addition, the Company will also reimburse you for other reasonable travel or other expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of your duties under this Agreement, pursuant to the terms of the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as may be in effect from time to time. The Company reserves the right to modify, amend, suspend or terminate the benefit plans, programs, and arrangements it offers to its employees at any time.
8.
Severance. You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s severance benefit plan, program or policy established or to be established for senior-level employees that is applicable to you consistent with your position within the Company. Additional information regarding such arrangement will be provided to you following your commencement of employment with the Company or as such arrangement is established by the Company.
9.
Confidentiality Agreement. As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain confidential information of the Company and, during the course of your employment, you may develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, you agree to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment Agreement (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. Please note that we must receive your signed Confidentiality Agreement before your first day of employment.
10.
At-Will Employment. This Agreement does not imply any right to your continued employment for any period with the Company or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Company. Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks’ notice.
11.
Protected Activity Not Prohibited. The Company and you acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement limits or prohibits you from filing and/or pursuing a charge or complaint with, or otherwise communicating or cooperating with or participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by, any federal, state or local government agency or commission, including the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and

-3-


the National Labor Relations Board (“Government Agencies”), including disclosing documents or other information as permitted by law, without giving notice to, or receiving authorization from, the Company. In addition, nothing in this Agreement is intended to limit employees’ rights to discuss the terms, wages, and working conditions of their employment, nor to deny employees the right to disclose information pertaining to sexual harassment or any unlawful or potentially unlawful conduct, as protected by applicable law. You further understand that you are not permitted to disclose the Company’s attorney-client privileged communications or attorney work product. In addition, you acknowledge that the Company has provided you with notice in compliance with the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 regarding immunity from liability for limited disclosures of trade secrets. The full text of the notice is attached in Appendix A.
12.
Additional Employment Provisions. For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated. We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. During the term of your employment with the Company, you agree to perform your duties faithfully and to the best of your abilities and will devote your full business efforts and time to rendering services to the Company hereunder. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit you from (a) making and managing passive investments, or (b) participating in professional and charitable organizations in an unpaid capacity, in a manner, and to an extent, that will not interfere with your duties or obligations to the Company, including under the Confidentiality Agreement. You agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information. As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules and standards. You agree that in the rendering of all services to the Company and in all aspects of employment with the Company, you will comply in all material respects with all lawful directives, policies, standards and regulations from time to time established by the Company. You will be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct which are included in the Company Handbook.
13.
Taxes. The Company (or its affiliate, as applicable) will have the right and authority to deduct from any payments or benefits under this Agreement all applicable federal, state, and local taxes or other required withholdings and payroll deductions (“Withholdings”). Prior to the payment of any amounts or provision of any benefits under this Agreement, the Company (and its affiliate, as applicable) is permitted to deduct or withhold, or require you to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable Withholdings with respect to such payments and benefits. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates will have any responsibility, liability or obligation to pay your taxes arising from or relating to any payments or benefits under this Agreement. This Agreement and the terms herein are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations and any formal guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”), so

-4-


that none of the payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed by Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to so comply or be so exempt. You must be employed by the Company on the payment date in order to receive any taxable Travel Reimbursements or Tax Neutrality Payments. Accordingly, such reimbursements and benefits are intended to be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations. Nonetheless, any taxable reimbursements payable to you under Section 7 above will be paid, less applicable withholdings, only with respect to expenses incurred while you are employed by the Company, no later than the last day of your taxable year immediately following your taxable year in which the expense was incurred by you. No such amounts reimbursable to you in one taxable year of yours will affect the amounts reimbursable to you in another taxable year. In no event will the Company or any of its affiliates have any responsibility, liability or obligation to reimburse or indemnify you, or hold you harmless, for any tax imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date in the spaces indicated below and return this Agreement to me. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be November 6, 2020 (your “Start Date”). This Agreement, along with the Confidentiality Agreement, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This Agreement, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company (excluding yourself). This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California but without regard to the conflict of law provision. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by November 5, 2020.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Seer, Inc.

 

Sincerely,

SEER, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Omid Farokhzad

Omid Farokhzad

CEO

Seer, Inc.

Agreed to and accepted:

/s/ Elona Kogan

Elona Kogan

Dated: November 4, 2020

 

-5-


Enclosures

Duplicate Original Letter
At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment Agreement
DE 2515
DE 2511
DFEH 185
Rights of Victims of Domestic Violence

Appendix A

Section 7 of the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016

“ . . . An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that—(A) is made—(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. . . . An individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual—(A) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (B) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.”

-6-


EX-19.1

Exhibit 19.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SEER, INC.

 

___________________

INSIDER TRADING POLICY

and

Guidelines with Respect to

Certain Transactions in Securities

 

___________________

 

(Adopted and approved on November 18, 2020 and

effective as of the Company’s initial public offering, as amended on April 18, 2023)

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

INTRODUCTION

1

Legal prohibitions on insider trading

1

Detection and prosecution of insider trading

1

Penalties for violation of insider trading laws and this Policy

1

Compliance Officer

2

Reporting violations

2

Personal responsibility

2

PERSONS AND TRANSACTIONS COVERED BY THIS POLICY

3

Persons covered by this Policy

3

Types of transactions covered by this Policy

3

Responsibilities regarding the nonpublic information of other companies

3

Applicability of this Policy after your departure

3

MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION

5

“Material” information

5

“Nonpublic” information

6

POLICIES REGARDING MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION

7

Confidentiality of nonpublic information

7

No trading on material nonpublic information

7

No disclosing material nonpublic information for the benefit of others

7

Obligation to disclose material nonpublic information to the Company

8

Responding to outside inquiries for information

8

TRADING BLACKOUT PERIODS

9

Quarterly blackout periods

9

Special blackout periods

9

Regulation BTR blackouts

10

No “safe harbors”

10

PRE-CLEARANCE OF TRADES

11

ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS AND GUIDANCE

12

Short sales

12

Derivative securities and hedging transactions

12

Using Company securities as collateral for loans

12

Holding Company securities in margin accounts

13

Placing open orders with brokers

13

LIMITED EXCEPTIONS

14

Transactions pursuant to a trading plan that complies with SEC rules

14

Receipt and vesting of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights

14

Exercise of stock options for cash and tax withholding requirements

15

Purchases from the employee stock purchase plan

15

Stock splits, stock dividends and similar transactions

15


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

Page

Estate planning

15

Other exceptions

16

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT

17

Obligations under Section 16

17

Notification requirements to facilitate Section 16 reporting

17

Personal responsibility

17

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

18

Delivery of Policy

18

Amendments

18

Current Version of Policy

18

 

 

SCHEDULE I (Pre-Clearance Checklist)

 

SCHEDULE II (Requirements for Trading Plans)

 

SCHEDULE III (Guidelines for Preparing Trading Plans)

 

 

 

 

-ii-


 

INTRODUCTION

Seer, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) opposes the unauthorized disclosure of any nonpublic information acquired in the course of your service with the Company and the misuse of material nonpublic information in securities trading. Any such actions will be deemed violations of this Insider Trading Policy (this “Policy”).

Legal prohibitions on insider trading

The antifraud provisions of U.S. federal securities laws prohibit directors, officers, employees and other individuals who possess material nonpublic information from trading on the basis of that information. Transactions will be considered “on the basis of” material nonpublic information if the person engaged in the transaction was aware of the material nonpublic information at the time of the transaction. It is not a defense that the person did not “use” the information for purposes of the transaction.

Disclosing material nonpublic information directly or indirectly to others who then trade based on that information or making recommendations or expressing opinions as to transactions in securities while aware of material nonpublic information (which is sometime referred to as “tipping”) is also illegal. Both the person who provides the information, recommendation or opinion and the person who trades based on it may be liable.

These illegal activities are commonly referred to as “insider trading”. State securities laws and securities laws of other jurisdictions also impose restrictions on insider trading.

In addition, a company, as well as individual directors, officers and other supervisory personnel, may be subject to liability as “controlling persons” for failure to take appropriate steps to prevent insider trading by those under their supervision, influence or control.

Detection and prosecution of insider trading

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the stock exchanges use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to investigate and detect insider trading, and the SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice pursue insider trading violations vigorously. Cases involving trading through foreign accounts, trading by family members and friends and trading involving only a small number of shares have been successfully prosecuted.

Penalties for violation of insider trading laws and this Policy

Civil and criminal penalties. As of the effective date of this Policy, potential penalties for insider trading violations under U.S. federal securities laws include:

damages in a private lawsuit;

disgorging any profits made or losses avoided;

imprisonment for up to 20 years;

criminal fines of up to $5 million for individuals and $25 million for entities;


 

civil fines of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided;

a bar against serving as an officer or director of a public company; and

an injunction against future violations.

Civil and criminal penalties also apply to tipping. The SEC has imposed large penalties in tipping cases even when the disclosing person did not trade or gain any benefit from another person’s trading.

Controlling person liability. As of the effective date of this Policy, the penalty for “controlling person” liability is a civil fine of up to the greater of $1.425 million or three times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of the insider trading violations, as well as potential criminal fines and imprisonment.

Company disciplinary actions. If the Company has a reasonable basis to conclude that you have failed to comply with this Policy, you may be subject to disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including dismissal for cause, regardless of whether or not your failure to comply with this Policy results in a violation of law. It is not necessary for the Company to wait for the filing or conclusion of any civil or criminal action against an alleged violator before taking disciplinary action. In addition, the Company may give stop transfer and other instructions to the Company’s transfer agent to enforce compliance with this Policy.

Compliance Officer

Please direct any questions, requests or reports as to any of the matters discussed in this Policy to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (the “Compliance Officer”). The Compliance Officer is generally responsible for the administration of this Policy. The Compliance Officer may select others to assist with the execution of his or her duties.

Reporting violations

It is your responsibility to help enforce this Policy. You should be alert to possible violations and promptly report violations or suspected violations of this Policy to a Compliance Officer. If your situation requires that your identity be kept secret, your anonymity will be preserved to the greatest extent reasonably possible, or otherwise permitted by law. If you wish to remain anonymous, send a letter addressed to a Compliance Officer at Seer, Inc., 3800 Bridge Parkway, Suite 102, Redwood City, California 94065, or contact the whistleblower hotline, by online web portal at https://www.whistleblowerservices.com/SEER or by phone at (877) 652-2089. If a Compliance Officer is implicated in your report, then you should report it through the whistleblower hotline. If you make an anonymous report, please provide as much detail as possible, including any evidence that you believe may be relevant to the issue.

Personal responsibility

The ultimate responsibility for complying with this Policy and applicable laws and regulations rests with you. You should use your best judgment at all times and consult with your legal and financial advisors, as needed. We advise you to seek assistance if you have any questions at all. The rules relating to insider trading can be complex, and a violation of insider trading laws can carry severe consequences.

 

-2-


 

PERSONS AND TRANSACTIONS COVERED BY THIS POLICY

Persons covered by this Policy

This Policy applies to all directors, officers, employees, consultants, contractors and advisors of the Company. References in this Policy to “you” (as well as general references to directors, officers, employees, consultants, contractors and advisors of the Company) should also be understood to include members of your immediate family, persons with whom you share a household, persons who are your economic dependents and any other individuals or entities whose transactions in securities you influence, direct or control (including, for example, a venture or other investment fund, if you influence, direct or control transactions by the fund). You are responsible for making sure that these other individuals and entities comply with this Policy.

Types of transactions covered by this Policy

Except as discussed in the section entitled “Limited Exceptions”, this Policy applies to all transactions involving the securities of the Company or the securities of other companies as to which you possess material nonpublic information obtained in the course of your service with the Company. This Policy therefore applies to purchases, sales and other transfers of common stock, options, restricted stock units, warrants, preferred stock, debt securities (such as debentures, bonds and notes) and other securities of the Company and such other companies, whether direct or indirect (including transactions made on your behalf by money managers), and any offer to engage in the foregoing transactions. This Policy also applies to any disposition in the form of a gift of any securities of the Company and any distribution to holders of interests in an entity if the entity is subject to this Policy. This Policy also applies to any arrangements that affect economic exposure to changes in the prices of these securities. These arrangements may include, among other things, transactions in derivative securities (such as exchange‑traded put or call options, swaps, caps and collars), hedging and pledging transactions, short sales and certain decisions with respect to participation in benefit plans, and any offer to engage in the foregoing transactions. You should note that there are no exceptions from insider trading laws or this Policy based on the size of the transaction or the type of consideration received.

Responsibilities regarding the nonpublic information of other companies

This Policy prohibits the unauthorized disclosure or other misuse of any nonpublic information of other companies, including but not limited to the Company’s distributors, vendors, customers, collaborators, suppliers and competitors. This Policy also prohibits insider trading and tipping based on the material nonpublic information of other companies.

Applicability of this Policy after your departure

 

You are expected to comply with this Policy until such time as you are no longer affiliated with the Company. Regardless of whether you are employed or affiliated with the Company, if you are aware of material nonpublic information, you will be subject to the insider trading laws and you may not trade in Seer, Inc.’s securities or in the securities from which you have obtained material nonpublic information in the course of performing services for Seer, Inc. until after that information has become public or is no longer material. There are no exceptions based on personal circumstances.

-3-


 

There may be instances where you suffer financial harm or other hardship or are otherwise required to forego a planned transaction because of the restrictions imposed by this Policy. Personal financial emergency or other personal circumstances are not mitigating factors under securities laws and will not excuse a failure to comply with this Policy.

 

-4-


 

MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION

“Material” information

Information should be regarded as material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in deciding whether to buy, hold or sell securities or would view the information as significantly altering the total mix of information in the marketplace about the issuer of the security. In general, any information that could reasonably be expected to affect the market price of a security is likely to be material. Either positive or negative information may be material.

It is not possible to define all categories of “material” information. However, some examples of information that would often be regarded as material include information with respect to:

Clinical trial results;

Significant developments in research and development or relating to intellectual property;

Financial results, financial condition, earnings pre-announcements, guidance, projections or forecasts, particularly if inconsistent with the expectations of the investment community;

Restatements of financial results, or material impairments, write-offs or restructurings;

Changes in independent auditors, or notification that the Company may no longer rely on an audit report;

Significant changes in business plans or budgets;

Creation of significant financial obligations, or any significant default under or acceleration of any financial obligation;

Impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems;

Significant developments involving business relationships, including execution, modification or termination of significant agreements or orders with customers, suppliers, distributors, manufacturers or other business partners;

Product introductions, modifications, defects or recalls or significant pricing changes or other product announcements of a significant nature;

Significant legal or regulatory developments, whether actual or threatened;

Major events involving the Company’s securities, including calls of securities for redemption, adoption of stock repurchase programs, option repricings, stock splits, changes in dividend policies, public or private securities offerings, modification to the rights of security holders or notice of delisting;

Significant corporate events, such as a pending or proposed merger, joint venture or tender offer, a significant investment, the acquisition or disposition of a significant business or asset or a change in control of the company;

Major personnel changes, such as changes in senior management or layoffs;

-5-


 

Data breaches or other cybersecurity events;

Updates regarding any prior material disclosure that has materially changed; and

The existence of a special blackout period.

If you have any questions as to whether information should be considered “material”, you should consult with a Compliance Officer. In general, it is advisable to resolve any close questions as to the materiality of any information by assuming that the information is material.

“Nonpublic” information

Information is considered nonpublic if the information has not been broadly disseminated to the public for a sufficient period to be reflected in the price of the security. As a general rule, information should be considered nonpublic until the start of the second full trading day after the information is broadly distributed to the public in a press release, a public filing with the SEC, a pre-announced public webcast or another broad, non-exclusionary form of public communication. However, depending upon the form of the announcement and the nature of the information, it is possible that information may not be fully absorbed by the marketplace until a later time. Any questions as to whether information is nonpublic should be directed to a Compliance Officer.

The term “trading day” means a day on which national stock exchanges and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System are open for trading. A “full” trading day has elapsed when, after the public disclosure, trading in the relevant security has opened and then closed.

 

-6-


 

POLICIES REGARDING MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION

Confidentiality of nonpublic information

The unauthorized use or disclosure of nonpublic information relating to the Company or other companies is prohibited. All nonpublic information you acquire in the course of your service with the Company may only be used for legitimate Company business purposes. In addition, nonpublic information of others should be handled in accordance with the terms of any relevant nondisclosure agreements, and the use of any such nonpublic information should be limited to the purpose for which it was disclosed.

You must use all reasonable efforts to safeguard nonpublic information in the Company’s possession. You may not disclose nonpublic information about the Company or any other company, unless required by law, or unless (i) disclosure is required for legitimate Company business purposes, (ii) you are authorized to disclose the information and (iii) appropriate steps have been taken to prevent misuse of that information (including entering into an appropriate nondisclosure agreement that restricts the disclosure and use of the information, if applicable). This restriction also applies to internal communications within the Company and to communications with consultants, contractors and advisors of the Company. In cases where disclosing nonpublic information to third parties is required, you should coordinate with a Compliance Officer.

All directors, officers, employees, consultants, contractors and advisors of the Company are required to sign and comply with an At Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement, or in the case of consultants, contractors and advisors, an agreement that has substantially similar terms.

No trading on material nonpublic information

Except as discussed in the section entitled “Limited Exceptions”, you may not, directly or indirectly through others, engage in any transaction involving the Company’s securities while aware of material nonpublic information relating to the Company. It is not an excuse that you did not “use” the information in your transaction.

Similarly, you may not engage in transactions involving the securities of any other company if you are aware of material nonpublic information about that company (except to the extent the transactions are analogous to those presented in the section entitled “Limited Exceptions”). For example, you may be involved in a proposed transaction involving a prospective business relationship or transaction with another company. If information about that transaction constitutes material nonpublic information for that other company, you would be prohibited from engaging in transactions involving the securities of that other company (as well as transactions involving Company securities, if that information is material to the Company). It is important to note that “materiality” is different for different companies. Information that is not material to the Company may be material to another company.

No disclosing material nonpublic information for the benefit of others

You may not disclose material nonpublic information concerning the Company or any other company to friends, family members or any other person or entity not authorized to receive such

-7-


 

information where such person or entity may benefit by trading on the basis of such information. In addition, you may not make recommendations or express opinions on the basis of material nonpublic information as to trading in the securities of companies to which such information relates. You are prohibited from engaging in these actions whether or not you derive any profit or personal benefit from doing so.

Obligation to disclose material nonpublic information to the Company

You may not enter into any transaction, including those discussed in the section entitled “Limited Exceptions”, unless you have disclosed any material nonpublic information that you become aware of in the course of your service with the Company, and that senior management is not aware of, to a Compliance Officer. If you are a member of senior management, the information must be disclosed to the Chief Executive Officer, and if you are the Chief Executive Officer or a director, you must disclose the information to the Company’s Board of Directors before any transaction is permissible.

Responding to outside inquiries for information

In the event you receive an inquiry from someone outside of the Company, such as a stock analyst, for information, you should refer the inquiry to the Chief Financial Officer or the Company’s Head of Investor Relations, if any. The Company is required under Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) of the U.S. federal securities laws to avoid the selective disclosure of material nonpublic information. In general, the regulation provides that when a public company discloses material nonpublic information, it must provide broad, non-exclusionary access to the information. Violations of this regulation can subject the company to SEC enforcement actions, which may result in injunctions and severe monetary penalties. The Company has established procedures for releasing material information in a manner that is designed to achieve broad public dissemination of the information immediately upon its release in compliance with applicable law. Please consult the Company’s External Communications Policy for more details.

 

-8-


 

TRADING BLACKOUT PERIODS

To limit the likelihood of trading at times when there is a significant risk of insider trading exposure, the Company has instituted quarterly trading blackout periods and may institute special trading blackout periods from time to time. In addition, to comply with applicable legal requirements, the Company may also institute blackout periods that prevent directors and officers from trading in Company securities at a time when employees are prevented from trading Company securities in the Company’s 401(k) plan.

It is important to note that whether or not you are subject to blackout periods, you remain subject to the prohibitions on trading on the basis of material nonpublic information and any other applicable restrictions in this Policy.

Quarterly blackout periods

Except as discussed in the section entitled “Limited Exceptions”, directors, executive officers and those employees, consultants, contractors and advisors identified by the Company must refrain from conducting transactions involving the Company’s securities during quarterly blackout periods. Even if you are not specifically identified as being subject to quarterly blackout periods, you should exercise caution when engaging in transactions during quarterly blackout periods because of the heightened risk of insider trading exposure.

Quarterly blackout periods begin at 4 p.m. EST on the fourteenth calendar day of the third month of each fiscal quarter and end at the start of the second full trading day following the date of public disclosure of the financial results for the previous fiscal quarter. This period is a particularly sensitive time for transactions involving the Company’s securities from the perspective of compliance with applicable securities laws due to the fact that, during this period, individuals may often possess or have access to material nonpublic information relevant to the expected financial results for the quarter.

Individuals subject to quarterly blackout periods will be informed by a Compliance Officer that they are listed on the covered persons list maintained by the Compliance Officer (the “Covered Persons List”). From time to time, the Company may revise the Covered Persons List.

Special blackout periods

From time to time, the Company may also prohibit directors, officers, employees, consultants, contractors and advisors from engaging in transactions involving the Company’s securities when, in the judgment of a Compliance Officer, a trading blackout is warranted. The Company will generally impose special blackout periods when there are material developments known to the Company that have not yet been disclosed to the public. For example, the Company may impose a special blackout period in anticipation of announcing material clinical data results or a significant transaction or business development. However, special blackout periods may be declared for any reason.

The Company will notify those persons subject to a special blackout period. Each person who has been so identified and notified by the Company may not engage in any transaction involving the Company’s securities until instructed otherwise by a Compliance Officer, and should not disclose to others the fact of such suspension of trading.

-9-


 

Regulation BTR blackouts

Directors and executive officers may also be subject to trading blackouts pursuant to Regulation Blackout Trading Restriction, or Regulation BTR, under U.S. federal securities laws. In general, Regulation BTR prohibits any director or executive officer from engaging in certain transactions involving Company securities during periods when 401(k) plan participants are prevented from purchasing, selling or otherwise acquiring or transferring an interest in certain securities held in individual account plans. Any profits realized from a transaction that violates Regulation BTR are recoverable by the Company, regardless of the intentions of the director or officer effecting the transaction. In addition, individuals who engage in such transactions are subject to sanction by the SEC as well as potential criminal liability. The Company has provided, or will provide, separate memoranda and other appropriate materials to its directors and executive officers regarding compliance with Regulation BTR.

The Company will notify directors and officers if they are subject to a blackout trading restriction under Regulation BTR. Failure to comply with an applicable trading blackout in accordance with Regulation BTR is a violation of law and this Policy.

No “safe harbors”

There are no unconditional “safe harbors” for trades made at particular times, and all persons subject to this Policy should exercise good judgment at all times. Even when a quarterly blackout period is not in effect, you may be prohibited from engaging in transactions involving the Company’s securities because you possess material nonpublic information, are subject to a special blackout period or are otherwise restricted under this Policy.

 

-10-


 

PRE-CLEARANCE OF TRADES

Except as discussed in the section entitled “Limited Exceptions”, directors, executive officers and any other persons identified on the Covered Persons List of this Policy as being subject to pre-clearance requirements must obtain pre-clearance prior to engaging in any transaction involving the Company’s securities. This is done by submitting a pre-clearance request on the form provided by a Compliance Officer to a Compliance Officer and obtaining the required signature from a Compliance Officer prior to the desired transaction date. The Compliance Officer should use the Pre-Clearance Checklist (see Schedule I) before signing a pre-clearance request. A Compliance Officer may not engage in a transaction involving the Company’s securities unless the Chief Executive Officer has pre‑cleared the transaction or, in the case the Compliance Officer engaging in the transaction is the Chief Executive Officer, another Compliance Officer has pre-cleared the transaction. All trades must be executed within three trading days of any pre-clearance.

These pre-clearance procedures are intended to decrease insider trading risks associated with transactions by individuals with regular or special access to material nonpublic information. In addition, requiring preclearance of transactions by directors and officers facilitates compliance with Rule 144 resale restrictions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the liability and reporting provisions of Section 16 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Regulation BTR. Pre-clearance of a trade, however, is not a defense to a claim of insider trading and does not excuse you from otherwise complying with insider trading laws or this Policy.

A Compliance Officer is under no obligation to approve a transaction submitted for pre‑clearance, and may determine not to permit the transaction.

From time to time, the Company may identify other persons who should be subject to the pre-clearance requirements set forth above, and a Compliance Officer may update and revise the Covered Persons List as appropriate.

 

 

-11-


 

ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS AND GUIDANCE

This section addresses certain types of transactions that may expose you and the Company to significant risks. You should understand that, even though a transaction may not be expressly prohibited by this section, you are responsible for ensuring that the transaction otherwise complies with other provisions in this Policy that may apply to the transaction, such as the general prohibition against insider trading as well as pre-clearance procedures and blackout periods, to the extent applicable.

Short sales

Short sales (i.e., the sale of a security that must be borrowed to make delivery) and “selling short against the box” (i.e., a sale with a delayed delivery) with respect to Company securities are prohibited under this Policy. Short sales may signal to the market possible bad news about the Company or a general lack of confidence in the Company’s prospects, and an expectation that the value of the Company’s securities will decline. In addition, short sales are effectively a bet against the Company’s success and may reduce the seller’s incentive to improve the Company’s performance. Short sales may also create a suspicion that the seller is engaged in insider trading.

Derivative securities and hedging transactions

You are prohibited from engaging in transactions in publicly-traded options, such as puts and calls, and other derivative securities with respect to the Company’s securities. This prohibition extends to any hedging or similar transaction designed to decrease the risks associated with holding Company securities. Stock options, stock appreciation rights and other securities issued pursuant to Company benefit plans or other compensatory arrangements with the Company are also subject to this prohibition; provided, however, as described in the “Limited Exceptions” section of this Policy, you are not prohibited from exercising any stock options issued under any of the Company’s benefit plans or other compensatory arrangements in accordance with the terms of such plans or arrangements.

Transactions in derivative securities may reflect a shortterm and speculative interest in the Company’s securities and may create the appearance of impropriety, even where a transaction does not involve trading on inside information. Trading in derivatives may also focus attention on short‑term performance at the expense of the Company’s long‑term objectives. In addition, the application of securities laws to derivatives transactions can be complex, and persons engaging in derivatives transactions may subject themselves to an increased risk of violating securities laws. “Guidelines for Preparing Trading Plans” are set forth in Schedule III.

Using Company securities as collateral for loans

You may not pledge Company securities as collateral for loans. If you default on the loan, the lender may sell the pledged securities as collateral in a foreclosure sale. The sale, even though not initiated at your request, is still considered a sale for your benefit and, if made at a time when you are aware of material nonpublic information or otherwise are not permitted to trade in Company securities, may result in inadvertent insider trading violations, Section 16 and Regulation BTR violations (for officers and directors), violations of this Policy and unfavorable publicity for you and the Company.

-12-


 

Holding Company securities in margin accounts

You may not hold Company securities in margin accounts. Under typical margin arrangements, if you fail to meet a margin call, the broker may be entitled to sell securities held in the margin account without your consent. The sale, even though not initiated at your request, is still considered a sale for your benefit and, if made at a time when you are aware of material nonpublic information or are otherwise not permitted to trade, may result in inadvertent insider trading violations, Section 16 and Regulation BTR violations (for officers and directors), violations of this Policy and unfavorable publicity for you and the Company.

Placing open orders with brokers

Except in accordance with an approved trading plan (as discussed below), you should exercise caution when placing open orders, such as limit orders or stop orders, with brokers, particularly where the order is likely to remain outstanding for an extended period of time. If you are subject to the blackout window, open orders should be canceled prior to entering a blackout window, as this may result in the execution of a trade at a time when you are aware of material nonpublic information or otherwise are not permitted to trade in Company securities, which may result in inadvertent insider trading violations, Section 16 and Regulation BTR violations (for officers and directors), violations of this Policy and unfavorable publicity for you and the Company. If you are subject to blackout periods or pre-clearance requirements, you should so inform any broker with whom you place any open order at the time it is placed.

 

-13-


 

LIMITED EXCEPTIONS

The following are certain limited exceptions to the restrictions imposed by the Company under this Policy. Please be aware that even if a transaction is subject to an exception to this Policy, you will need to separately assess whether the transaction complies with applicable law. For example, even if a transaction is indicated as exempt from this Policy, you may need to comply with the “short-swing” trading restrictions under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to the extent applicable. You are responsible for complying with applicable law at all times.

Transactions pursuant to a trading plan that complies with SEC rules

The SEC has enacted rules that provide an affirmative defense against alleged violations of U.S. federal insider trading laws for transactions pursuant to trading plans that meet certain requirements. In general, these rules, as set forth in Rule 10b5‑1 under the Exchange Act, provide for an affirmative defense if you enter into a contract, provide instructions or adopt a written plan for trading securities when you are not aware of material nonpublic information. The contract, instructions or plan must (i) specify the amount, price and date of the transaction, (ii) specify an objective method for determining the amount, price and date of the transaction and/or (iii) place any subsequent discretion for determining the amount, price and date of the transaction in another person who is not, at the time of the transaction, aware of material nonpublic information.

Transactions made pursuant to a written trading plan that (i) complies with the affirmative defense set forth in Rule 10b5‑1, (ii) complies with the “Requirements for Trading Plans” set forth in Schedule II and (iii) is approved by a Compliance Officer, are not subject to the restrictions in this Policy against trades made while aware of material nonpublic information or to the pre‑clearance procedures or blackout periods established under this Policy. If the Compliance Officer is the requester, then the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel must approve the written 10b5-1 trading plan. In approving a trading plan, a Compliance Officer may, in furtherance of the objectives expressed in this Policy, impose criteria in addition to those set forth in Rule 10b5‑1. You should therefore confer with a Compliance Officer prior to entering into any trading plan.

The SEC rules regarding trading plans are complex and must be complied with completely to be effective. The description provided above is only a summary, and the Company strongly advises that you consult with your legal advisor if you intend to adopt a trading plan. While trading plans are subject to review and approval by the Company, the individual adopting the trading plan is ultimately responsible for compliance with Rule 10b5‑1 and ensuring that the trading plan complies with this Policy.

Trading plans must be filed with a Compliance Officer and must be accompanied with an executed certificate stating that the trading plan complies with Rule 10b5‑1 and any other criteria established by the Company. The Company may publicly disclose information regarding trading plans that you may enter.

Receipt and vesting of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights

The trading restrictions under this Policy do not apply to the acceptance or purchase of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights or other equity

-14-


 

compensation awards issued or offered by the Company. The trading restrictions under this Policy also do not apply to the vesting, cancellation or forfeiture of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights or other equity compensation awards from the Company in accordance with applicable plans and agreements; however, this exception does not apply to any market activity associated with such securities.

Exercise of stock options for cash and tax withholding requirements

The trading restrictions under this Policy do not apply to the exercise of stock options for cash under the Company’s stock option plans. However, the trading restrictions under this Policy do apply to market activity associated with the exercise of stock options under the Company’s stock option plans, such as (i) the sale of any securities issued upon the exercise of a stock option, (ii) a cashless exercise of a stock option through a broker, since this involves selling a portion of the underlying shares to cover the costs of exercise, and (iii) any other market sale for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option.

The trading restrictions under this Policy do not apply to net share withholding with respect to equity awards where shares are withheld and sold by the Company in order to satisfy tax withholding requirements, if (x) permitted by the Company’s Board of Directors or the Company’s Talent and Compensation Committee (the “TCC”) and the award agreement governing such equity award and (y) so long as the individual makes the election in writing at a time when a trading blackout is not in place and the individual is not in possession of material nonpublic information. Likewise, the trading restrictions under this Policy do not apply to sell to cover transactions where shares are sold on an individual’s behalf upon vesting of equity awards sold in order to satisfy tax withholding requirements, if (x) permitted by the Company’s Board of Directors or the TCC and the award agreement governing such equity award and (y) so long as the individual makes the election in writing at a time when a trading blackout is not in place and the individual is not in possession of material nonpublic information; however, this exception does not apply to any other sale of such securities.

Purchases from the employee stock purchase plan

The trading restrictions in this Policy do not apply to elections with respect to participation in the Company’s employee stock purchase plan or to purchases of securities under the plan. However, the trading restrictions do apply to any subsequent sales of any such securities.

Stock splits, stock dividends and similar transactions

The trading restrictions under this Policy do not apply to a change in the number of securities held as a result of a stock split or stock dividend applying equally to all securities of a class, or similar transactions.

Estate planning

 

The trading restrictions under this Policy do not apply to transfers by will or the laws of descent or distribution and, provided that prior written notice is provided to a Compliance Officer, distributions or transfers (such as certain tax planning or estate planning transfers) that effect only a change in the form of beneficial interest without changing your pecuniary interest in the Company’s securities.

-15-


 

Other exceptions

Any other exception from this Policy must be approved by a Compliance Officer, in consultation with the Company’s Board of Directors or an independent committee of the Board of Directors.

 

-16-


 

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT

Obligations under Section 16

All of the Company’s officers and directors and certain other individuals are required to comply with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the related rules and regulations, which set forth (i) reporting obligations, (ii) limitations on “short‑swing” transactions, which are certain matching purchases and sales of the Company’s securities within a six-month period, and (iii) limitations on short sales. The Company has provided, or will provide, memoranda and other materials addressing these matters.

Notification requirements to facilitate Section 16 reporting

To facilitate timely reporting of transactions pursuant to Section 16 requirements, each person subject to Section 16 reporting requirements must provide, or must ensure that his or her broker provides, the Company with detailed information (e.g., trade date, number of shares, exact price, etc.) regarding his or her transactions involving the Company’s securities, including gifts, transfers, pledges and transactions pursuant to a trading plan, both prior to (to confirm compliance with pre-clearance procedures, if applicable) and promptly following execution.

Personal responsibility

The obligation to file Section 16 reports, and to otherwise comply with Section 16, is personal. The Company is not responsible for the failure to comply with Section 16 requirements.

 

-17-


 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Delivery of Policy

This Policy will be delivered to all directors, officers, employees, consultants, contractors and advisors of the Company when they commence service with the Company. In addition, this Policy (or a summary of this Policy) will be circulated periodically. Each director, officer, employee, consultant, contractor and advisor of the Company is required to acknowledge that he or she understands, and agrees to comply with, this Policy.

Amendments

We are committed to continuously reviewing and updating our policies and procedures. The Company therefore reserves the right to amend, alter or terminate this Policy at any time and for any reason, subject to applicable law. Unless otherwise permitted by this Policy, any amendments must be approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Current Version of Policy

A copy of the Company’s current policies regarding insider trading may be obtained by contacting a Compliance Officer.

* * *

Nothing in this Insider Trading Policy creates or implies an employment contract or term of employment. Employment at the Company is employment at-will. Employment at-will may be terminated with or without cause and with or without notice at any time by the employee or the Company. Nothing in this Insider Trading Policy shall limit the right to terminate employment at-will. No employee of the Company has any authority to enter into any agreement for employment for a specified period of time or to make any agreement or representation contrary to the Company’s policy of employment at-will. Only the Chief Executive Officer of the Company has the authority to make any such agreement, which must be in writing.

The policies in this Insider Trading Policy do not constitute a complete list of Company policies or a complete list of the types of conduct that can result in discipline, up to and including discharge.

 

-18-


 

SCHEDULE I

 

Seer, INC.

INSIDER TRADING POLICY — PRE‑CLEARANCE CHECKLIST

 

FORMCHECKBOX No blackout period. The proposed trade will not be made during a quarterly or special blackout period.

FORMCHECKBOX No pension fund blackout under Regulation BTR.* There is no pension fund blackout period in effect.

FORMCHECKBOX No prohibition under Insider Trading Policy. The person confirmed that the proposed transaction is not prohibited under the Insider Trading Policy.

FORMCHECKBOX Section 16 compliance.* The person confirmed that the proposed trade will not give rise to any potential liability under Section 16 as a result of matched past (or intended future) transactions.

FORMCHECKBOX Form 4 filing.* A Form 4 has been or will be completed and will be timely filed with the SEC, if applicable.

FORMCHECKBOX Rule 144 compliance.

FORMCHECKBOX The “current public information” requirement has been met (i.e., all 10‑Ks, 10‑Qs and other relevant reports during the last 12 months have been filed);

FORMCHECKBOX The shares that the person proposes to trade are not restricted or, if restricted, the applicable holding period has been met;

FORMCHECKBOX Volume limitations (greater of 1% of outstanding securities of the same class or the average weekly trading volume during the last four weeks) are not exceeded, and the person is not part of an aggregated group;

FORMCHECKBOX The manner of sale requirements will be met (a “broker’s transaction” or directly with a market maker or a “riskless principal transaction”); and

FORMCHECKBOX A Form 144 has been completed and will be timely filed with the SEC.

FORMCHECKBOX Rule 10b‑5 concerns. The person has been reminded that trading is prohibited when in possession of any material nonpublic information regarding the Company that has not been adequately disclosed to the public. The individual has discussed with a Compliance Officer any information known to the individual or a Compliance Officer that the individual believes may be material.

 


 

* Applies if the individual is a director or an officer subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

-2-


 

SCHEDULE II

 

SEER, INC.

REQUIREMENTS FOR TRADING PLANS

For transactions under a trading plan to be exempt from (i) the prohibitions in the Company’s Insider Trading Policy with respect to transactions made while aware of material nonpublic information and (ii) the pre-clearance procedures and blackout periods established under the Insider Trading Policy, the trading plan must comply with the affirmative defense set forth in Exchange Act Rule 10b5‑1 and must meet the following requirements:

1. The trading plan must be in writing and signed by the person adopting the trading plan. The person adopting the trading plan may not have an outstanding (and may not subsequently enter into any additional) trading plan except as permitted by Rule 10b5-1.

2. The trading plan must be adopted at a time when:

the person adopting the trading plan is not aware of any material nonpublic information; and

there is no quarterly, special or other trading blackout in effect with respect to the person adopting the plan.

3. The trading plan must be entered in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b5‑1, and the person adopting the trading plan must act in good faith with respect to the trading plan.

4. The trading plan must include representations that, on the date of adoption of the trading plan, the person adopting the trading plan:

is not aware of material nonpublic information about the securities or the Company; and

is adopting the trading plan in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b5-1.

5. The person adopting the trading plan may not have entered into or altered a corresponding or hedging transaction or position with respect to the securities subject to the trading plan and must agree not to enter into any such transaction while the trading plan is in effect. Subject to Section 8, an individual may conduct transactions with respect to securities not subject to a trading plan.

6. The first trade under the trading plan for directors and officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) may not occur until after the expiration of a cooling-off period consisting of the later of (a) 90 calendar days after the adoption of the trading plan and (b) two business days after the filing by the Company of its financial results in a Form 10-Q or Form 10-K for the

-3-


 

completed fiscal quarter in which the trading plan was adopted (but, in any event, this required cooling-off period is subject to a maximum of 120 days after the adoption of the trading plan). The first trade under the trading plan for all other persons (other than the Company) may not occur until the expiration of a cooling-off period that is 30 calendar days after adoption of the trading plan. The trading plan must have a minimum term of six months (starting from the date of adoption of the trading plan).

7. All transactions during the term of the trading plan (except for the other “Limited Exceptions” identified in the Company’s Insider Trading Policy and bona fide gifts) must be conducted through the trading plan. In addition, the person adopting the trading plan may not have an outstanding (and may not subsequently enter into any additional) trading plan except as permitted by Rule 10b5-1. For example, as contemplated by Rule 10b5-1, a person may adopt a new trading plan before the scheduled termination date of an existing trading plan, so long as the first scheduled trade under the new trading plan does not occur prior to the last scheduled trade(s) of the existing trading plan and otherwise complies with these guidelines. Termination of the existing trading plan prior to its scheduled termination date may impact the timing of the first trade or the availability of the affirmative defense for the new trading plan; therefore, persons adopting a new trading plan are advised to exercise caution and consult with the Compliance Officer prior to the early termination of an existing trading plan.

8. Any modification or change to the amount, price or timing of transactions under the trading plan is deemed the termination of the trading plan, and the adoption of a new trading plan (“Modification”). Therefore, a Modification is subject to the same conditions as a new trading plan as set forth in Sections 1 through 7 herein.

9. Within six months preceding the adoption or a Modification of a trading plan, a person may not have otherwise adopted or done a Modification to a plan more than once.

10. A person may adopt a trading plan designed to cover a single trade only once in any consecutive 12-month period except as permitted by Rule 10b5-1.

11. If the person that adopted the trading plan terminates the plan prior to its stated duration, he or she may not trade in the Company’s securities until after the expiration of 30 calendar days following termination, and then only in accordance with the Policy.

12. The Company must be promptly notified of any Modification or termination of the trading plan and any suspension of trading under the trading plan.

13. The Company must have authority to require the suspension or cancellation of the trading plan at any time.

14. If the trading plan grants discretion to a stockbroker or other person with respect to the execution of trades under the trading plan:

-4-


 

trades made under the trading plan must be executed by someone other than the stockbroker or other person that executes trades in other securities for the person adopting the trading plan;

the person adopting the trading plan may not confer with the person administering the trading plan regarding the Company or its securities; and

the person administering the trading plan must provide prompt notice to the Company of the execution of a transaction pursuant to the plan.

15. All transactions under the trading plan must be in accordance with applicable law.

16. The trading plan (including any Modification) must meet such other requirements as the Compliance Officer may determine.

17. Any trading plans adopted or modified prior to February 27, 2023 (the “Effective Date”) are permitted to continue in place until all trades are executed thereunder or they expire by their terms (“Pre-effective Plans”). If the person undertakes a Modification of a Pre-effective Plan on or after the Effective Date, then the Modification must meet all of the requirements set forth herein.

 

 

-5-


 

SCHEDULE III

 

SEER, INC.

GUIDELINES FOR PREPARING TRADING PLANS

Please consider the following important guidelines in connection with preparing a trading plan. These guidelines should not serve as a substitute for obtaining professional advice and assistance in connection with preparing a plan.

Learn the rules applicable to trading plans

The SEC has enacted rules that provide an affirmative defense against alleged violations of U.S. federal insider trading laws for transactions pursuant to trading plans that meet certain requirements. In general, these rules, as set forth in Rule 10b5‑1 under the Exchange Act, provide for an affirmative defense if you enter into a contract, provide instructions or adopt a written plan for trading securities when you are not aware of material nonpublic information. The contract, instructions or plan must (i) specify the amount, price and date of the transaction(s), (ii) specify an objective method for determining the amount, price and date of the transaction(s) and/or (iii) place any subsequent discretion for determining the amount, price and date of the transaction(s) in another person who is not, at the time of any transaction, aware of material nonpublic information.

The discussion above provides only a summary of the relevant rules. You are responsible for understanding the rules applicable to trading plans and ensuring that your trading plan complies with the requirements of Rule 10b5‑1.

Hire legal and other advisors to assist in preparing the plan

You should hire your own advisors, including your own legal counsel, in connection with adopting a trading plan. Neither the company nor its legal counsel assumes responsibility for determining whether your trading plan complies with Rule 10b5‑1.

Assess whether a trading plan is suitable for you

Trading plans may not be appropriate for many people. You should therefore carefully consider whether it is advisable for you to adopt a trading plan.

There are several potential benefits to adopting a trading plan:

Affirmative defense to insider trading actions by the SEC. Trading plans enable insiders to obtain liquidity and portfolio diversification while limiting exposure to insider trading liability. Trades pursuant to a compliant trading plan are subject to an affirmative defense in actions by the SEC. Trading pursuant to trading plans may also help to limit the company’s exposure to liability under securities laws.

More trading opportunities. Trades under a company-approved Rule 10b5‑1 trading plan are not subject to the blackout restrictions and pre-clearance requirements in the company’s insider trading policy.

-6-


 

Reduced adverse perceptions. Sales pursuant to a trading plan may be better received by investors and the media. Open market sales by corporate insiders may attract unwanted attention due to the perception of many investors that such sales may reflect a lack of confidence in the company. These trades may come under even more scrutiny if they are concentrated during the relatively brief trading windows mandated by the company’s insider trading policy. With appropriate disclosure, trading pursuant to a plan may help to limit the perception that the trades were based on undisclosed information. Moreover, since trades under company-approved trading plans are not subject to the company’s trading blackout periods, trading plans may enable insiders to make smaller, periodic trades, which may attract less public attention.

Administrative benefits. Use of a plan may enable you to reduce the time spent on executing trades (including obtaining any required pre-clearance of trades) and managing your portfolio of company stock.

Before adopting a trading plan, however, you should assess the risks and limitations of trading plans, including the following:

Reduced flexibility. Use of a trading plan requires you to plan your trades and finances in advance. The company requires that, during the duration of a plan, all trades be conducted through the plan. Sales outside of a plan are not subject to the affirmative defense, and may create a presumption that other sales under the plan were not made pursuant to a bona fide plan. Careful advanced planning is also critical because deviation from or cancellation of an established trading plan (e.g., to account for changes in market condition or personal finances) may jeopardize the availability of the affirmative defense. Plans are therefore advisable for only those individuals who are able to bear significant risk on their stock.

Exposure to private claims. Rule 10b5‑1 provides an affirmative defense to federal insider trading liability, but does not apply to private securities class action lawsuits.

Affirmative defense must be proved. An insider that trades based on a trading plan will have the burden of proving that the trading plan satisfies the requirements set forth in Rule 10b5‑1. Moreover, a trading plan will not necessarily prevent someone from bringing a lawsuit and will not necessarily avoid adverse media coverage.

Time required to prepare a plan. The preparation of a trading plan requires careful attention to ensure compliance with Rule 10b5‑1 and any company-imposed requirements.

SEC concerns over potential abuse of trading plans. The SEC may give trading plans a skeptical reading given concerns over the potential abuse of trading plans by insiders.

-7-


 

Allocate sufficient time to prepare a plan

The process of preparing a plan and the related documentation may take some time, and you should plan accordingly.

Ensure that the trading plan complies with all applicable law

In preparing a plan, your primary objective should be to ensure that all elements of the Rule 10b5‑1 trading plan defense are adequately addressed.

You should also be sure that the trading plan complies with other applicable law. For example:

You should consider any Rule 144 volume limitations when devising trading instructions or formulas.

You should consider any burdens created by Rule 144 and Section 16 filing requirements when devising trading instructions or formulas.

In developing trading instructions or formulas, you should account for potential “short-swing” trading liability under Section 16(b).

Ensure that the trading plan complies with company-imposed requirements

You should ensure that the trading plan complies with any company-imposed requirements, which may be in addition to the requirements under Rule 10b5‑1. Please contact a Compliance Officer under the insider trading policy for further information.

Develop trading instructions

Rule 10b5‑1 allows significant flexibility in designing trading instructions or formulas. For example, you can:

construct a matrix with different sale amounts at different price targets;

base trading decisions on the performance of the company’s stock against various market or industry indices, price gaps or personal financial milestones;

tie transactions to independent events, such as the timing of tuition or mortgage payments or other financial obligations;

prioritize the sale (or exercise and sale) of particular securities based on factors such as tax treatment, tax basis, expiration dates and exercise prices; and

establish a trading plan for a single transaction.

Various types of transactions may be structured to fit the affirmative defense under Rule 10b5‑1. For example, a trading plan can cover pre-scheduled stock option exercises and sales. This may be helpful in avoiding a situation where a blackout period may effectively block exercise of an in-the-money option that is about to expire because a same-day sale is necessary to fund payment of the exercise price and/or taxes. If properly

-8-


 

structured, employee stock purchase plan transactions and 401(k) plan transactions can also qualify for the affirmative defense.

You may find it helpful to discuss trading strategies with a broker or another market professional prior to adopting a trading plan, particularly if the trading plan covers large amounts of stock.

You should also carefully consider the guidance below when designing trading instructions or formulas.

Avoid unnecessarily complicated instructions

You should be careful to avoid unnecessarily complicated instructions or formulas. Complicated instructions or formulas may result in mistakes in execution by the person administering the plan (e.g., due to a misunderstanding or misapplication of an instruction or formula or the failure to complete a calculation in time to exploit a market opportunity). In addition, while an elaborate trading plan may reduce the inference of insider trading in some instances, elaborate trading plans may look suspicious in other instances.

In general, instructions and formulas should be carefully and explicitly drafted to avoid potential misunderstandings. You should try to provide as much detail as possible to facilitate the proper execution of the trading plan. For example, if you have shares in more than one brokerage account, the plan should specify which shares are subject to the plan. Likewise, if you possess several series of options, the plan should specify which options to exercise. It may also be helpful to include examples of different scenarios in the instructions, and/or to review the trading instructions in advance with the person administering the plan, to help ensure that you are in agreement as to how the instructions or formulas are to operate. If you plan to adopt particularly complicated instructions, you may want to consider hiring a money manager to assist in implementing your plan.

Exercise caution when adopting plans based on specific prices, floors or ceilings

Although Rule 10b5‑1(c) permits plans based on “the market price on a particular date or a limit price, or a particular dollar price”, you should be careful when adopting plans that contain instructions that set specific prices, floors or ceilings (e.g., limit orders or stop orders). These types of plans are riskier than plans that set specific numbers of shares to be sold, since it may be inferred from price-based instructions that, for example, you had a motive to inflate stock prices or had knowledge of events that would change prices. In addition, these types of plans may produce an irregular pattern of trades instead of a more regular trading pattern (which is more defensible). You may want to give some consideration, however, to including floors to avoid sales at prices that are unacceptably low (or to avoid a subsequent modification or termination of the trading plan to avoid such sales).

If you intend to adopt a plan with specific prices, floors or ceilings, you should consider carefully the prices at which trades are to be executed. A plan with specific prices, floors or ceilings may result in periods of no stock sales, which may run counter to the reasons for adopting a plan (i.e., cash flow and portfolio diversification). If your price

-9-


 

targets are high relative to then existing prices, you may want to wait on establishing a trading plan until the targets are more likely reachable. By delaying the adoption of a plan in that instance, you may be able to avoid risks associated with any subsequent modification or termination of an ineffective plan.

Consider the expected magnitude and timing of trades under the trading plan relative to the adoption of the plan

When preparing a trading plan, you should give some consideration as to the expected timing and magnitude of trades relative to the adoption of the trading plan. Significant trading activity that occurs shortly after adoption of the plan may raise suspicion as to whether the trades were based on material nonpublic information.

Consider whether expected trades under the trading plan will coincide with significant future announcements or developments

When preparing a trading plan, you should give some consideration as to whether trades are expected to occur during quarterly trading blackout periods established under the company’s insider trading policy (or around the time other significant announcements or developments involving the company are expected). Even though transactions executed in accordance with a properly designed trading plan are subject to an affirmative defense against insider trading claims (and are exempt from trading blackout periods under the company’s insider trading policy), the investing public and media may not understand the nuances of trading pursuant to a trading plan. Trades that occur at times shortly before a company announces material news may therefore result in negative publicity for you and the company. In addition, trades that occur in the same general time frame as a significant announcement may raise questions as to whether the timing of the announcement was manipulated to your benefit. If you are generally indifferent as to the specific timing of a trade, you should try to avoid having trades occur, for example, before quarterly earnings announcements. An even more conservative approach would involve avoiding trades during the month of the company’s earnings release.

Consider the expected magnitude and frequency of trades under the plan generally

When preparing a trading plan, you should give some consideration generally to the expected magnitude and frequency of trades under the plan. Spreading out trades may decrease exposure to insider trading claims. A regular pattern of small sales helps to limit any inference that you sought to exploit material nonpublic information in developing your trading plan. A regular pattern of small sales may also help to negate any argument that the plan was not entered in good faith or that the plan was part of a scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b5‑1. In contrast, occasional high-volume sales may send a negative signal to the investment community and, if any of those sales turn out to precede bad news, may attract attention from the SEC and private securities class action plaintiffs. Plans that involve a regular pattern of small sales may also be easier to administer. You should note, however, that frequent trades may give rise to significant Section 16 reporting obligations, to the extent applicable.

-10-


 

You may want to limit the portion of your holdings that are subject to the trading plan to limit your overall exposure to situations where your trading instructions or formulas may not account for unexpected market changes. You may also want to cap or otherwise limit the amount of potential sales for a particular period (e.g., week, month, quarter) to decrease the risk of unintended large sales (particularly if the trading plan provides for cumulative sales in the event of shortfalls).

Determine an appropriate duration for the trading plan

Although Rule 10b5‑1 does not prescribe any limits on the duration of trading plans, it is advisable to have trading plans terminate after a certain period. Requiring that trading plans have a set term will force you to re-evaluate your trading instructions periodically, and allows you to change your trading instructions (in conjunction with adopting a new plan upon the scheduled expiration of the existing plan) without raising any suspicions about the timing of those changes. It also allows you an opportunity to revert from a trading plan to normal, discretionary trading without raising questions about the timing of that switch.

While it is important that you comply with company-imposed requirements as to the minimum duration for trading plans, you should also generally try to avoid adopting a plan that has an unnecessarily long duration. The longer the duration, the greater the risk that circumstances may change such that you will have an incentive to modify or terminate the plan. The modification or early termination of a plan may create an implication that prior transactions under the plan were not in fact pursuant to a bona fide plan. In addition, subsequent trading will not be considered as pursuant to the trading plan.

Accommodate for unexpected events that may warrant temporary suspension of trading under the plan

In preparing a plan, you should make allowances for unforeseen events that may warrant automatic suspension of transactions under the plan (e.g., a proxy contest, tender offer, merger, etc.). In particular, you should note that in the context of tender offers, you may be subject to liability under Exchange Act Rule 14e‑3 for transactions under a plan.

If the plan provides for purchases of securities, you should also consider whether it is appropriate to suspend trades in connection with securities offerings by the company to avoid potential liability under Regulation M requirements.

Account for the potential need to modify or terminate the plan

While modifications are discouraged, there may be situations in which market volatility fundamentally alters the conditions under which you adopted the trading plan. To anticipate this possibility, it is advisable that a trading plan include formal provisions for its modification, subject to any company-imposed requirements with respect to the modification of plans. Modifications can then be made in a planned and limited manner, which may be helpful in defending against claims that modification of the trading plan undermines the good faith nature of the existing plan.

-11-


 

Similarly, it may be helpful to include a provision in the plan that permits you to terminate the plan. Although such a provision may not shield you from questions of bad faith in connection with terminating a plan, you would at least avoid having to defend why you acted in a manner that was inconsistent with the express terms of the plan. You may also want your trading plan to provide for automatic termination upon certain changes in personal circumstances such as death, bankruptcy or insolvency or divorce.

You should be careful to restrict those circumstances in which the trading plan may be terminated without your consent. You may be subject to some hardship, for example, if the person administering the plan terminated your trading plan at a time when you possessed material nonpublic information. In that case, you would be prohibited from trading until you no longer possessed material nonpublic information (and possibly longer if, for example, the plan was terminated during a trading blackout period).

Avoid modifying the trading plan

You should try to avoid modifying the trading plan. Rule 10b5‑1 requires that, to be covered by the affirmative defense, a transaction must occur pursuant to a trading plan. This requirement will not be satisfied if you alter or deviate from the trading plan (whether by changing the amount, price or timing of a purchase or sale) or if you enter into or alter a corresponding or hedging transaction or position with respect to transactions under the plan. In addition, modification of a trading plan brings into question whether the trading plan was entered in good faith and whether any prior transactions under the trading plan were in fact made pursuant to a plan for purposes of the requirements of Rule 10b5‑1. Deviation from the trading plan also suggests that you may be modifying trading behavior to take advantage of material nonpublic information.

Although deviations will not be considered part of the existing trading plan for purposes of the affirmative defense, it is possible for a person acting in good faith to modify a trading plan at a time when the person is not aware of material nonpublic information. In such a situation, a purchase or sale that complies with the modified trading plan will be deemed to have been made pursuant to a new trading plan. You should note, however, that you will need to comply with company-imposed restrictions with respect to any modification of trading plans.

Consider having an independent party administer the trading plan

Having an independent party administer the trading plan may help to limit your exposure to potential liability for trades under the plan. Even if your trading plan is based on specific instructions or a specific formula, there is often some discretion in effecting trades under a plan (e.g., in deciding the specific time during a given trading day when orders will be entered) for which it may be appropriate to involve an independent decision maker.

In general, when selecting someone to administer your trading plan, you should consider whether that person has a relationship with you or the company that could undermine the affirmative defense in the event of litigation. Consequently, it may be

-12-


 

helpful to select a person with whom only a professional, arm’s-length relationship exists. You should, however, try to avoid using the person that regularly executes trades in your securities. Because you may be in frequent contact with that person, there is an increased likelihood that he or she may be in possession of material nonpublic information concerning the company when exercising discretionary authority under the plan (which is prohibited by Rule 10b5‑1). You should also exercise caution if you are considering using a broker that is directly or indirectly affiliated with the company. If a broker works for a firm that is also the company’s investment banker, for example, there is a significant risk that the firm may have inside information concerning the company that may be imputed to the broker.

One possible approach is to have a separate department within a brokerage firm administer the plan. Many brokerage firms have a special trading desk dedicated to administering trading plans and have implemented related ethical wall procedures. A dedicated department in a brokerage firm may have more experience following complex instructions, will be more knowledgeable about the parameters of Rule 10b5‑1 and will be less likely to be subject to influence by you.

If you rely on someone to administer the trading plan, implement procedures to ensure their independence

To help ensure that the person administering your plan is independent, your trading plan could specify that (i) you and the person administering the plan will only communicate in writing (thereby documenting all communications in case of future SEC inquiry), (ii) you will not communicate any information concerning the company or its securities to the person administering the plan and (iii) if you are using a broker, there must be ethical wall procedures to restrict communications within the brokerage firm regarding the company and your trades. To further address concerns as to the availability of the affirmative defense, it may be helpful to include a provision in your agreement with the third party that provides for the suspension or termination of trading authority if the third party becomes aware of material nonpublic information.

Protect your rights when working with brokers or other third parties

When working with a broker or another third party in connection with a trading plan, you will typically be expected to enter into some sort of agreement with that person. Brokers, for example, will often have a standard form of stock sale agreement for purposes of implementing trading plans. Your trading instructions would typically be included as a section of the stock sale agreement or attached to the stock sale agreement as an exhibit.

While brokers will often request that you use their form of agreement, brokers will generally be amenable to the use of an alternative form or to revisions to their standard forms. Trading plans are for your benefit, and you should be proactive in defining the terms of the trading plan to ensure that your interests are adequately met. In particular, while you should consider recommendations and advice from the broker as to the trading plan generally, there should be no negotiation over the trading instructions.

-13-


 

It is strongly advised that you have an attorney review any proposed form of trading plan for compliance with Rule 10b5‑1 as well as to protect your legal rights generally. You should expect that third parties will request certain rights and protections (such as indemnification) that may be to your potential detriment.

Provide the person administering the trading plan with some flexibility in executing orders

If a third party is administering the plan, you should try to provide that person with some flexibility in executing orders. Otherwise, trades may not occur as planned. Factors such as insufficient trading volume and market volatility may prevent trades from being executed as planned, particularly if the trading plan includes strict instructions with respect to the timing of transactions or provides for block purchases or sales. You should also consider how to handle any shortfalls that may occur if the person administering the plan is unable or otherwise fails to effect all transactions specified in the plan.

Consider delegating the precise timing of trades to a third party

Where appropriate, to minimize the risk of allegations that you (i) selected the precise timing of trades based on your knowledge of material nonpublic information or (ii) affected the timing of disclosure to manipulate the stock price to your benefit, you should consider delegating discretion regarding the exact timing of trades, within a specified period (e.g., five trading days), to a stockbroker or other third party administering the plan. This may also be beneficial since that other person may be able to maximize proceeds from sales by taking into account publicly available information and general market trend information when determining the precise timing of trades. In contrast, the use of a pre-designated date and/or time may lock you into a trade at an inopportune time (e.g., when prices are unusually low).

-14-


EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-270351, 333-263268, 333-252534, and 333-251158 on Form S-8 of our report dated March 4, 2024, relating to the financial statements of Seer, Inc. appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California

March 4, 2024

 


EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Omid Farokhzad, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Seer, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 4, 2024

By: /s/ Omid Farokhzad

 

Omid Farokhzad

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chair of the Board of Directors

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 


EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, David Horn, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Seer, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 4, 2024

By: /s/ David Horn

 

David Horn

 

Chief Financial Officer and President

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 


EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Seer, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2023 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Omid Farokhzad, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: March 4, 2024

 

By: /s/ Omid Farokhzad

 

 

Omid Farokhzad

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chair of the Board of Directors

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 


EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Seer, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2023 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David Horn, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: March 4, 2024

 

By: /s/ David Horn

 

 

David Horn

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and President

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 


EX-97.1

Exhibit 97.1

SEER, INC.

COMPENSATION RECOVERY POLICY

As adopted on November 14, 2023

Seer, Inc. (the “Company”) is committed to strong corporate governance. As part of this commitment, the Talent and Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) has adopted this clawback policy called the Compensation Recovery Policy (the “Policy”). The Policy is intended to further the Company’s pay-for-performance philosophy and to comply with applicable laws by providing rules relating to the reasonably prompt recovery of certain compensation received by Covered Executives in the event of an Accounting Restatement. The application of the Policy to Covered Executives is not discretionary, except to the limited extent provided below, and applies without regard to whether a Covered Executive was at fault. Capitalized terms used in the Policy are defined below, and the definitions have substantive impact on its application so reviewing them carefully is important to your understanding.

The Policy is intended to comply with, and will be interpreted in a manner consistent with, Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), with Exchange Act Rule 10D-1 and with the listing standards of the national securities exchange (the “Exchange”) on which the securities of the Company are listed, including any official interpretive guidance (together, the “Applicable Clawback Rules”).

Persons Covered by the Policy

The Policy is binding and enforceable against all “Covered Executives.” A Covered Executive is each individual who is or was ever designated as an “officer” by the Board in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 16a-1(f) (a “Section 16 Officer”). The Committee may (but is not obligated to) request that a Covered Executive sign and return to the Company an acknowledgement that such Covered Executive will be bound by the terms and comply with the Policy. The Policy is binding on each Covered Executive whether or not the Covered Executive signs and/or returns any acknowledgment.

Administration of the Policy

The Committee has full delegated authority to administer the Policy. The Committee is authorized to interpret and construe the Policy and to make all determinations necessary, appropriate, or advisable for the administration of the Policy. In addition, if determined in the discretion of the Board, the Policy may be administered by the independent members of the Board or another committee of the Board made up of independent members of the Board, in which case all references to the Committee will be deemed to refer to the independent members of the Board or the other Board committee. All determinations of the Committee will be final and binding and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

Accounting Restatements Requiring Application of the Policy

If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements, or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period (an “Accounting Restatement”), then the

 


Committee must determine the Excess Compensation, if any, that must be recovered. The Company’s obligation to recover Excess Compensation is not dependent on if or when restated financial statements are filed.

Compensation Covered by the Policy

The Policy applies to certain Incentive-Based Compensation (certain terms used in this Section are defined below) that is Received on or after October 2, 2023 (the “Effective Date”), during the Covered Period while the Company has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange. Such Incentive-Based Compensation is considered “Clawback Eligible Incentive-Based Compensation” if the Incentive-Based Compensation is Received by a person after such person became a Section 16 Officer and the person served as a Section 16 Officer at any time during the performance period for the Incentive-Based Compensation.

Excess Compensation” means the amount of Clawback Eligible Incentive-Based Compensation that exceeds the amount of Clawback Eligible Incentive-Based Compensation that otherwise would have been Received had such Clawback Eligible Incentive-Based Compensation been determined based on the restated amounts. Excess Compensation must be computed without regard to any taxes paid and is referred to in the listing standards of the Exchange as “erroneously awarded compensation.”

To determine the amount of Excess Compensation for Incentive-Based Compensation based on stock price or total shareholder return, where it is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in an Accounting Restatement, the amount must be based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Accounting Restatement on the stock price or total shareholder return upon which the Incentive-Based Compensation was Received and the Company must maintain documentation of the determination of that reasonable estimate and provide that documentation to the Exchange.

Excess Share Number” means the number of such securities Received in excess of the number that should have been Received applying the restated Financial Reporting Measure.

Incentive-Based Compensation” means any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of a Financial Reporting Measure. For the avoidance of doubt, no compensation that is potentially subject to recovery under the Policy will be earned until the Company’s right to recover under the Policy has lapsed.

Financial Reporting Measures” are measures that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, and any measures that are derived wholly or in part from such measures. Stock price and total shareholder return are also Financial Reporting Measures. A Financial Reporting Measure need not be presented within the financial statements or included in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Incentive-Based Compensation is “Received” under the Policy in the Company’s fiscal period during which the Financial Reporting Measure specified in the Incentive-Based Compensation award is attained, even if the payment, vesting, settlement or grant of the Incentive-Based Compensation occurs after the end of that period. For the avoidance of doubt, the Policy does not apply to Incentive-Based Compensation for which the Financial Reporting Measure is attained prior to the Effective Date.

Covered Period” means the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the Accounting Restatement Determination Date. In addition, Covered Period can include certain transition periods resulting from a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

Accounting Restatement Determination Date” means the earliest to occur of: (a) the date the Board, a committee of the Board, or one or more of the officers of the Company authorized to take such action if Board

-2-


action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement; and (b) the date a court, regulator, or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare an Accounting Restatement.

Repayment of Excess Compensation

The Company must recover Excess Compensation reasonably promptly and Covered Executives are required to repay Excess Compensation to the Company. Subject to applicable law, the Company may recover Excess Compensation by requiring the Covered Executive to repay such amount to the Company by direct payment to the Company or such other means or combination of means as the Committee determines to be appropriate (these determinations do not need to be identical as to each Covered Executive). These means include (but are not limited to):

(a)
requiring reimbursement of cash Incentive-Based Compensation previously paid;
(b)
seeking recovery of any gain realized on the vesting, exercise, settlement, sale, transfer, or other disposition of any equity-based awards (including, but not limited to, time-based vesting awards not based on the attainment of any financial reporting measures), without regard to whether such awards are Incentive-Based Compensation or vest based on the achievement of performance goals;
(c)
offsetting the amount to be recovered from any unpaid or future compensation to be paid by the Company or any affiliate of the Company to the Covered Executive, including (but not limited to) payments of severance that might otherwise be due in connection with a Covered Executive’s termination of employment and without regard to whether such amounts are Incentive-Based Compensation;
(d)
cancelling outstanding vested or unvested equity awards (including, but not limited to, time-based vesting awards), without regard to whether such awards are Incentive-Based Compensation; and/or
(e)
taking any other remedial and recovery action permitted by law, as determined by the Committee.

The repayment of Excess Compensation must be made by a Covered Executive notwithstanding any Covered Executive’s belief (whether or not legitimate) that the Excess Compensation had been previously earned under applicable law and therefore is not subject to clawback.

Any recovery of Excess Compensation will be completed in a manner consistent with the Applicable Clawback Rules. Unless otherwise required by the Applicable Clawback Rules or unless inconsistent with the Applicable Clawback Rules, recovery with respect to any award (or a portion of the award) of options, stock appreciation rights or restricted stock units, or other equity award covering shares of Company stock that is Excess Compensation will be completed by the methods described in this paragraph. If the award is still held at the time of recovery, the Excess Compensation will be recovered by reducing the number of shares underlying the award by the Excess Number. The “Excess Number” is the number of shares Received under an award in excess of the number that should have been Received applying the restated Financial Reporting Measure. However, if the total number of shares that are subject to the award at the time of recovery is less than the Excess Number, then first, all of the shares subject to the award will be forfeited and second, the remaining Excess Number of shares not recoverable by such forfeiture will be recovered as follows. If the award has been exercised or settled, as applicable, but the shares issued under the award have not been sold, then the remaining Excess Number of such shares not yet sold will be required to be returned to the Company.

-3-


Solely by way of example, if: (a) a Covered Executive Received ten (10) shares in Clawback Eligible Incentive-Based Compensation under an award of restricted stock units, (b) all ten (10) shares were issued under the award to the Covered Executive, and (c) two (2) of those shares would not have been Received applying the restated Financial Reporting Measure, then such two (2) shares are the Excess Number constituting Excess Compensation. In this example, the Covered Executive would be required to return to the Company such two (2) shares that were issued to the Covered Executive.

If the sum of (x) the number of shares subject to the award that are reduced and (y) the shares issued under the award that are recovered is less than the Excess Number, and: (i) any shares issued under the award were sold, then the remaining Excess Compensation to be recovered will be equal to the dollar amount of the sale proceeds applicable to the number of shares constituting the remaining Excess Number, applied in chronological order in the case of multiple sales, meaning the earliest sales would be considered first (but net of any exercise price, to reflect any applicable exercise price paid). This paragraph addresses specific situations relating to equity awards, but is not intended to cover all circumstances (for example, if the Covered Executive had donated all of the shares issued under an equity award to a charity). In all cases, recovery under this Policy will be completed in accordance with the Applicable Clawback Rules.

In order to prevent duplicative recovery, to the extent the Company recovers pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or other Company recovery obligations any Incentive-Based Compensation that also is subject to recovery under this Policy, then, unless prohibited by the Applicable Clawback Rules, the amount already reimbursed by the Covered Executive under such obligations will be credited to the required recovery under this Policy.

For the avoidance of doubt, any recovery under this Policy applies only to Excess Compensation. However, in addition to its rights to recovery under the Policy, the Company or any affiliate of the Company may take any legal actions it determines appropriate to enforce a Covered Executive’s obligations to the Company or to discipline a Covered Executive. Failure of a Covered Executive to comply with their obligations under the Policy may result in (without limitation) termination of that Covered Executive’s employment, institution of civil proceedings, reporting of misconduct to appropriate governmental authorities, reduction of future compensation opportunities or change in role. The decision to take any actions described in the preceding sentence will not be subject to the approval of the Committee and can be made by the Board, any committee of the Board, or any duly authorized officer of the Company or of any applicable affiliate of the Company. For avoidance of doubt, any decisions of the Company or the Covered Executive’s employer to discipline a Covered Executive or terminate the employment of a Covered Executive are independent of determinations under this Policy. For example, if a Covered Executive was involved in activities that led to an Accounting Restatement, the Company’s decision as to whether or not to terminate such Covered Executive’s employment would be made under its employment arrangements with such Covered Executive and the requirement to apply this no-fault and non-discretionary clawback policy will not be determinative of whether any such termination is for cause, although failure to comply with the Policy might be something that could result in a termination for cause depending on the terms of such arrangements.

Limited Exceptions to the Policy

The Company must recover the Excess Compensation in accordance with the Policy except to the limited extent that any of the conditions set forth below is met, and the Committee determines that recovery of the Excess Compensation would be impracticable:

(a)
The direct expense paid to a third party to assist in enforcing the Policy would exceed the amount to be recovered. Before reaching this conclusion, the Company must make a reasonable attempt to recover such Excess Compensation, document such reasonable attempt(s) to recover, and provide that documentation to the Exchange; or

-4-


(b)
Recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the legal requirements as such.

Other Important Information in the Policy

The Policy is in addition to the requirements of Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that are applicable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as well as any other applicable laws, regulatory requirements, rules, or pursuant to the terms of any existing Company policy or agreement providing for the recovery of compensation.

Notwithstanding the terms of any of the Company’s organizational documents (including, but not limited to, the Company’s bylaws), any corporate policy or any contract (including, but not limited to, any indemnification agreement), neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company will indemnify or provide advancement for any Covered Executive against any loss of Excess Compensation. Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company will pay for or reimburse insurance premiums for an insurance policy that covers potential recovery obligations. In the event that the Company is required to recover Excess Compensation pursuant to the Policy from a Covered Executive who is no longer an employee, the Company will be entitled to seek recovery in order to comply with applicable law, regardless of the terms of any release of claims or separation agreement that individual may have signed.

The Committee or Board may review and modify the Policy from time to time.

If any provision of the Policy or the application of any such provision to any Covered Executive is adjudicated to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions of the Policy or the application of such provision to another Covered Executive, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions will be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to render any such provision or application enforceable.

The Policy will terminate and no longer be enforceable when the Company ceases to be a listed issuer within the meaning of Section 10D of the Exchange Act.

-5-


 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I acknowledge that I have received, read, and understood the Compensation Recovery Policy (the “Policy”) of Seer, Inc. (the “Company”).

Please review, sign and return this form to Human Resources.

Covered Executive

 

(print name)

 

(signature)

 

(date)